BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH THEO CHƯƠNG TRÌNH MỚI
vectorstock.com/7952556
Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú eBook Collection
DẠY KÈM QUY NHƠN EBOOK PHÁT TRIỂN NỘI DUNG
BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 (TẬP 1+2) THEO CHƯƠNG TRÌNH MỚI CỦA BỘ GIÁO DỤC CÓ ĐÁP ÁN – MAI LAN HƯƠNG – HÀ THANH UYÊN WORD VERSION | 2021 EDITION ORDER NOW / CHUYỂN GIAO QUA EMAIL TAILIEUCHUANTHAMKHAO@GMAIL.COM
Tài liệu chuẩn tham khảo Phát triển kênh bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đơn vị tài trợ / phát hành / chia sẻ học thuật : Nguyen Thanh Tu Group Hỗ trợ trực tuyến Fb www.facebook.com/DayKemQuyNhon Mobi/Zalo 0905779594
UNIT 1
MY HOBBIES
A. PHONETICS I. Put the words in the correct column depending on the spelling of the letter(s) in bold. occasion, world, girl, answer, heard, mother, birth, around, neighbour, work, early, upon, parent, learn, expert, singer, nature, sunburn, collect, shirt, monopoly, hurt, carrot, doctor, word, dirty /ə/
/з:/
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________ ________________________________ ________________________________
________________________________ ________________________________ ________________________________
II. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others. 1. a. pottery
b. flower
c. silent
d. service
2. a. girl
b. expert
c. open
d. burn
3. a. sentence
b. world
c. picture
d. dangerous
4. a. surfing
b. collect
c. concert
d. melody
5. a. worst
b. learn
c. control
d. dessert
B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. Look at the pictures and name the activities. mountain climbing horse-riding making models
carving wood
bird-watching
making pottery
arranging flowers
playing board games
1. _____________
2. ______________
3. _____________
4. _____________
5. _____________
6. ______________
7. _____________
8. _____________
II. Complete the sentences with the words from the box. photos
fishing
eggshells
music
gardening
painting
model cars
swimming
1. She usually goes _____________ with her friends in the pool near her school. 2. Sarah likes _____________. She plants lots of flowers and vegetables in her home garden. 3. Every weekend, I go _____________ in my uncle’s boat, or just off the shoreline. 4. In later years, he took up _____________ as a hobby. He drew watercolour landscapes. 5. My hobby is listening to _____________. It can help relax my mind. 6. I have recently started a new hobby – collecting _____________. 7. Most people take _____________ and post them on their social networking accounts. 8. Carving _____________ is a great hobby that can make you happier. III. Put the words into the correct column. skating
camping
football
swimming
stamps
badges
gymnastics
chess
gardening
books
cartoons
crossword
sports
judo
aerobics
jogging
dolls
board games
coins
films
tennis
television
cycling
game shows
PLAY: ____________________________________________________________________ GO: ______________________________________________________________________ DO: _______________________________________________________________________ COLLECT: _________________________________________________________________ WATCH: __________________________________________________________________ IV. Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple. 1. I _____________ (not visit) my parents very often. 2. ____________________ (Mai/ go) to school every day? ~ No, she (go) _____________ to school from Monday to Friday. 3. The teachers at our school _____________ (give) us lots of homework. 4. My brother _____________ (play) tennis, but he _____________ (not like) it. 5. How often _____________ (they/ go) jogging? 6. We (not study) _____________ chemistry because it _____________ (be) difficult. 7. _____________ (your parents/ watch) TV every night? 8. Mark’s class _____________ (do) sport on Monday and Wednesday. 9. Children often _____________ (use) a computer for school work. 10. Mike _____________ (usually/ not play) computer games during the week. V. Complete the following sentences with will or won’t and a verb from the box. buy
phone
take
invite
meet offer
live
end
use
chat
UNIT 1: MY HOBBIES7
1. Wait a minute, please. The concert ______________ soon. 2. When ______________ humans ______________ on the Red Planet? 3. OK. At 5 o’clock we ______________ you outside the shopping centre. 4. They probably ______________me the job. I had a terrible interview. 5. I’m sorry about losing that book. I ______________ you another one next week. 6. ________ you ________ me when you get the news? 7. If it doesn’t rain tomorrow, we ______________ our umbrellas. 8. Turn on your laptop tonight. We ______________ a little bit. 9. I______________ them here again, whatever you say. 10. I think people ______________ CDs in 20 years’ time. VI. Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple or Future Simple. 1. I ______________ (listen) to music in my free time. 2. It often (rain) ______________ in the summer. 3. Do you think that he ______________ (recognise) me? 4. We ______________ (not want) to see that film because it looks boring. 5. What time __________ the film __________ (begin)? 6. I promise that I ______________ (not be) late for school again. 7. Simon usually ______________ (do) his homework and ______________ (watch) TV at the same time. 8. The students ______________ (plant) some flowers in the schoolyard tomorrow. 9. Nam and Vinh______________ (play) volleyball three times a week. 10. The train ______________ (leave) at 6 o’clock in the morning. VII. Complete the sentences, using the -ing form of the verbs in the box. tidy
fly
take
watch
cook
make
wait
read
play
1. Do you fancy _____________ out this evening? 2. I like _____________ tennis at the weekend. 3. Jim enjoys _____________ photos of himself and his friends. 4. Ann’s father doesn’t like _____________ ice hockey on TV. 5. My mother hates _____________, so we eat out every often. 6. Do you like _____________ pottery? 7. She dislikes _____________ her room every day. 8. My niece loves _____________ adventure books. 9. I can’t stand _____________ for buses in the rain. 10. They detest _____________, so they usually travel by train or coach. VIII. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets. 1. Would you mind _____________ (watch) my bag for a few minutes? 2. I enjoy _____________ (listen) to music while I’m doing the cooking. 3. He wants _____________ (buy) a new computer game.
8 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN BÀI TẬP
go
4. I’d like _____________ (speak) to Mr Davis, please. Is he there? 5. Please avoid _____________ (make) silly mistakes in this exercise. 6. The children would love _____________ (eat) French fries. 7. She really loves _____________ (work) with children. 8. We tried _____________ (call) you but your mobile was off. 9. They intend _____________ (build) houses on the school playing fields. 10. I can’t stand _____________ (do) the washing up. IX. Choose the correct verb form or tense. 1. I’m told you are ill. I hope you ________ better again. a. will feel
b. feel
c. are feeling
d. don’t feel
2. We were getting tired, so we stopped ________ lunch. a. have
b. having
c. to have
d. for having
3. ______ you ______ to school every morning? a. Does ... walk
b. Do ... walk
c. Will... walk
D. Are ... walking
c. goes
d. go
4. He enjoys ________ cycling at the weekend. a. to go
b. going
5. You needn’t wear your coat. It ________ cold today. a. will be
b. won’t be
c. doesn’t be
d. is
6. We ________ swimming because it’s fun and good exercise. a. like
b. are liking
c. will like
d. liked
7. My grandparents don’t like ________ in the city because it’s noisy and crowded. a. live
b. lived
c. living
d. to living
8. Fire needs oxygen to burn. It ________ without oxygen. a. burn
b. burns
c. don’t burn
d. doesn’t burn
9. How much time do you spend ________ the Internet per day? a. surf
b. to surf
c. surfing
d. to be surfing
10. I don’t mind ________ a DVD, but I prefer ________ to the cinema. a. to watch - to go
b. watching – go
c. to watch – going
d. watching – to go
X. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition. 1. Hi, everyone. Welcome ________ my house! 2. Is there anything good ________ television tonight? 3. What do you like doing ________ your free time? 4. He takes photographs ________ a hobby. 5. Will you take ________ making pottery in the future? 6. He is interested ________ collecting toy cars. It’s his favourite hobby. 7. ________ weekends, we usually go fishing in the river. 8. My cousin always gives me gifts ________ special occasions.
UNIT 1: MY HOBBIES9
C. SPEAKING I. Write questions for the underlined parts. 1. A: ________________________________________ B: My hobby is photography. 2. A: ________________________________________ B: I started my hobby five years ago. 3. A: ________________________________________ B: I enjoy my hobby because I think it’s creative. 4. A: ________________________________________ B: I spend two hours a day on my hobby. 5. A: ________________________________________ B: Jim usually plays volleyball in his free time. 6. A: ________________________________________ B: He plays volleyball three times a week. 7. A: ________________________________________ B: He often plays volleyball at the court near his school. 8. A: ________________________________________ B: He likes to play volleyball with his friends. II. Put the dialogue into the correct order. ___ Thanks. What else do you do in your free time? ___ I like basketball, too. Shall we play together this Saturday morning? ___ I really like painting. ___ Yeah, what kinds of hobby do you have? _1_ Hey there! ___ I’m going to the judo club. ___ Oh, that’s really cool! ___ Hey, what are you going? ___ How creative you are! ___ I also swim and play basketball. ___ You do judo? ___ Sounds great! ___ Yeah, I’m a black belt of judo.
D. READING I. Fill in each blank with a word from the box. kinds
classify
books
near
name
collection
clean
immediately
10 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN BÀI TẬP
Collecting (1) ____________ is my favourite hobby. I started my hobby five years ago. Thefirst item in my (2) ____________ is a book about Doraemon. And now I have a lot of books of all (3) ____________ comics, children’s, history, science, detective, adventure, etc. Whenever I find an interesting book I buy it (4) ____________. I usually buy books in the bookstores (5) ____________ my school and my house. Sometimes my relatives and my friends give me books as a gift. I (6) ____________ my books into different categories and put each category in one corner of my bookshelf with a (7) ____________ tag on it. It takes all my free time to keep everything (8) ____________ and dusted. It keeps me amused for hours, too. II. Read the text carefully, then decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F). Our life would be hard without rest and recreation. And people have many different ideas of how to spend their free time. If you enjoy doing a thing or activity in your free time, then you have a hobby. A hobby is an activity, interest, enthusiasm, or pastime that is undertaken for pleasure or relaxation, done during one’s own time. A person’s hobbies depend on his age, character and personal interests. An interesting thing to one person can be boring to another. That’s why some people prefer reading, cooking, knitting, collecting, playing a musical instrument, photography or playing computer games while others prefer dancing, travelling, camping or sports. 1. A hobby is anything that you enjoy doing in your free time. 2. Different people have the same hobbies. 3. A hobby can provide us with relaxation. 4. Your hobby may be changed as you get older. 5. One person’s hobby may be a boring thing to another person. 6. Playing sports is not a hobby.
E. WRITING I. Arrange the words to make sentences. 1. hobby/ you/ have/ any / do/? _______________________________________________________________________ 2. his/ do/ what/ your/ brother/ free/ does/ in/ time/? _______________________________________________________________________ 3. he/ summer/ in/ climbing/ goes/ mountain/ the/ usually/. _______________________________________________________________________ 4. friends/ monopoly/ enjoy/ I/ with/ playing/ my/? _______________________________________________________________________ 5. it/ boring/ because/ finds/ time/ models/ Jim/ takes/ lots of/ making/. _______________________________________________________________________ 6. you/ up/ will/ ice-skating/ future/ in/ take/ the/? _______________________________________________________________________ II. Complete the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first one. 1. What is your hobby? → What hobby _____________________________________________________________ UNIT 1: MY HOBBIES11
2. We all find painting interesting because it’s a creative activity. → We all think _____________________________________________________________ 3. His hobby is collecting toy cars. → He collects ______________________________________________________________ 4. It isn’t necessary to finish the work today. → You don’t _______________________________________________________________ 5. When did you start your hobby? → How long _______________________________________________________________ 6. It took me three hours to make this pottery jug. → I spent _________________________________________________________________ 7. My father likes to do gardening at the weekend. → My father enjoys _________________________________________________________ 8. Why don’t we go swimming this afternoon? → What about ______________________________________________________________
TEST FOR UNIT 1 I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others. 1. a. exciting
b. excellent
c. experience
d. expensive
2. a. hobby
b. cycle
c. bye
d. why
3. a. pottery
b. collect
c. melody
d. monopoly
4. a. heard
b. bird
c. world
d. picture
5. a. bird-watching
b. children
c. school
d. challenge
II. Match the word(s) in A with the rest in B to make a complete sentence. A
B
1. Model making
a. is actually a part of the craft of decorating eggs.
2. Eggshell carving
b. needs a pattern, a needle and threads.
3. Reading
c. is the process of cutting a piece of wood to make decorative objects.
4. Sewing
d. means making very small replicas of real objects.
5. Woodcarving
e. is the sport or activity of climbing mountains.
6. Mountaineering
f. develops your imagination and widens your knowledge.
III. Choose the best answer a, b, c, or d to complete the sentence. 1. My father can make beautiful pieces of art ________ empty eggshells. a. of
b. from
c. in
d. into
2. Why don’t you take ________ a new hobby? a. up
b. in
c. over
d. after
3. Collecting cars is a(n) ________ hobby. It costs a lot of money. a. interesting
b. cheap
12 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN BÀI TẬP
c. expensive
d. unusual
4. More people are ________ birds today than ever before. a. seeing
b. looking
c. hearing
d. watching
c. playing
d. played
c. difficult
d. unusual
5. Do you enjoy ________ board games? a. play
b. to play
6. Be careful not to drop it; it’s very ________. a. unique
b. fragile
7. Sam and I ________ the same hobby. We both like playing computer games. a. share
b. play
c. do
d. work
8. I hope he’ll teach me ________ to do eggshell carving. a. what
b. where
c. how
d. when
9. ________ have you had your hobby? ~ For three years. a. How much
b. How long
c. How often
d. When
10. ‘I think model making is an expensive hobby.’ ‘________ it’s incredibly cheap.’ a. You’re right
b. Certainly
c. No matter
d. Not at all
IV. Complete the sentences with the correct form or tense of the verb play, go, do or collect. 1. He ________ tennis with his father every Sunday. 2. We ________ camping in Dam Sen Park next Saturday. 3. ________ you ________ coins some day in the future? 4. Do you want ________ a jigsaw puzzle with me? 5. I enjoy________ cycling at the weekend. 6. My uncle ________ karate when he was young. 7. The children ________ volleyball on the beach at the moment. 8. When I’m waiting for the train, I usually ________ crosswords. 9. She dislikes ________ chess because she finds it boring. 10. I ________ books since I was ten years old. V. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets. 1. Rossie has a large ______________ (collect)of dolls. 2. A______________ is someone who enjoys watching birds. (birdwatch) 3. My sister’s hobby is ______________.She took a lot of nice photos. (photo) 4. I find woodcarving ______________ because it’s a creative activity. (interest) 5. ______________ eggshells are unique gifts for family and friends. (carve) 6. A hobby is an ______________ that you do for pleasure. (act) 7. I think collecting glass bottles is ______________. (usual) 8. Susan is very ______________ and she paints very well. (create) VI. There is one mistake in each sentence. Underline and correct the mistake. 1. Nam is my classmates. He watches TV every night.
___________
2. I think collecting stamps are interesting.
___________ UNIT 1: MY HOBBIES13
3. My dad cooks very good. He loves preparing meals for our family.
___________
4. I enjoy to ride my bike to school.
___________
5. We usually go in a small lake out of the city at weekends.
___________
6. Do you still play football next year?
___________
7. We like doing fishing because it is relaxing.
___________
8. Do you think bird-watching interesting?
___________
VII. Match the questions with the answer. 1. Will you go swimming tomorrow?
a. I think it is dangerous.
2. Does your mother like watching films on TV?
b. Nope, I have another plan.
3. What do you think about windsurfing?
d. Yes, she enjoys mountain biking.
4. Will you take up carving eggshells someday?
e. No, she loves going to the cinema.
5. Why do you find making models boring?
f. About three years ago.
6. What are your hobbies?
g. Because it takes too much time.
7. When did your brother start painting?
h. Swimming and playing chess.
c. Maybe. I find it really interesting.
8. Does she have any difficult hobby? VIII. Choose the word which best fits each gap. Many people (1) _______ crafting with paper. The materials are readily available and don’t cost much; and no super special talents is needed. Anyone (2) _______ be a paper crafter. There are many different paper craft techniques. Origami is one of ancient techniques developed in Japan where squares of paper are (3) _______ and formed into various objects such as flowers, animals, and boxes. Card (4) _______ is also a favourite paper craft technique. Birthday cards are the most popular greeting cards, followed by Christmas cards. Receiving a (5) _______ card is a special gift, because of the time and effort someone spent making it. It lets the recipient know just how much you care (8) _______ them. 1. a. enjoy
b. decide
c. want
d. learn
2. a. must
b. should
c. can
d.will
3. a. wrapped
b. folded
c. torn
d.taken
4. a. making
b. doing
c. changing
d. receiving
5. a. handmake
b. handmaking
c. handmade
d. making hand
6. a. in
b. on
c. over
d. about
IX. Read the text carefully, then answer the questions. My name’s Susan. I have two favourite hobbies. My first hobby is reading. I started to do it when I was four years old. The first time I did it, I felt interested. So I kept reading. I enjoy reading because it can make me relaxed and calm. Moreover, it can give me an imagination, so I can write books in the future. I can learn the different cultures and customs of other countries in the world, too. My second hobby is gardening. I have made a small garden and planted many beds of flowers. In the spring season, my garden is full of beautiful flowers. I have a separate plot for vegetables – carrots, potatoes, etc. In the evening, I water the plants and remove the weeds. I love sitting in my garden and reading my books. It is very pleasant to be there!
14 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN BÀI TẬP
1. What are Susan’s hobbies? _______________________________________________________________________ 2. When did she start reading? _______________________________________________________________________ 3. How did she feel when she first read a book? _______________________________________________________________________ 4. Why does she enjoy reading? _______________________________________________________________________ 5. What has she planted in her garden? _______________________________________________________________________ 6. When does she water plants? _______________________________________________________________________ X. Write sentences, using the cues given. 1. I/ enjoy/ play / sports/ because/ it/ good/ health _______________________________________________________________________ 2. your children/ go/ camp/every summer holiday? _______________________________________________________________________ 3. I/ think/ photography/ can/ expensive hobby _______________________________________________________________________ 4. my cousin/ give/ me/ book/ gift/ next birthday _______________________________________________________________________ 5. he/ find/ mountain climbing/ dangerous/ so/ he/ not take/ it _______________________________________________________________________ 6. I/ hope/ the future/ he/ teach/ me/ how/ do/ eggshell carving _______________________________________________________________________
UNIT 1: MY HOBBIES15
UNIT 2
HEALTH
A. PHONETICS I. Underline the sound /f/ and circle the sound /v/. fun
fine
coffee
over
graph
phone
brave
verb
stuff
clever
enough
laughing
leaf
leave
vat
view
few
valley
save
valve
II. Say the sentences out loud. Then write the words with the sound /f/ and /v/ in the table. 1. I feel so bad. Maybe I should take a rest for some minutes. 2. His wife is laughing at the picture of the knight on the floor. 3. Living our life and holding our fate. 4. Which is the best movie in Fast and Furious series? 5. The invitation cards are beautiful and creative. 6. What animals have the rough skin? - Elephants, frogs, etc. /f/
/v/
________________________________ ________________________________
________________________________ ________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. Match the common health problem with its definition. 1. flu
a. a common illness that affects the nose and/or throat, making you cough, sneeze, etc.
2. allergy
b. an abnormally high body temperature
3. cold
c. a medical condition that makes you become ill or get a rash when you eat, smell, or touch something
4. sunburn
d. the pain in the middle or inner ear
5. obesity
e. the condition of having painful red skin that is caused by staying in the sun for too long
6. earache
f. the pain in a tooth or teeth
7
g. the condition of being fat or overweight
toothache
8. fever
h. a very bad cold caused by a virus that causes fever, pains and weakness
16 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN BÀI TẬP
II. Fill in the blanks with the health problems in part I. 1. She feels very weak, has a high fever and her muscles hurt. She has __________. 2. He eats lots of junk food and be overweight. __________ is his problem. 3. She went outside all day long without wearing a hat. Now her skin turns red and hurts. She has got __________. 4. I think I’m getting a __________. I’ve got a sore throat and a runny nose. 5. Mark had lobster for dinner, and now his skin becomes covered with red marks. Hesays he has a shellfish . 6. If you’ve got __________, go and see a dentist. 7. His body is too hot and soaked in sweat, but he feels very cold. I think he has a __________. 8. My sister feels pain in her ear. She has __________. III. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verb have or feel. Add a or an where necessary. 1. I __________ flu. I __________ tired and weak. 2. Jane __________ sick, so she stays at home today. 3. Maybe she __________ fever. Her face is red and she tells me that she __________ very hot. 4. I __________ terrible headache yesterday, but I __________ better now. 5. What’s wrong with Sarah? Does she __________ toothache? 6. ‘Have you ever __________ allergy to seafood?’ ‘Yes, I __________ ill when I ate some lobsters two months ago. 7. My friend __________ sunburn after a day at the beach. Her skin becomes red and sore. 8. I __________ itchy and I __________ runny nose. Do I __________ cold? IV. Put the words into the correct column. flu, playing sports, cough, walking, sore throat, watching TV fever, gardening, allergy, swimming, runny nose, doing aerobics, headache, exercising, sneezing, cycling, red skin, relaxing, stomachache, sleeping
Illnesses and symptoms
Activities
V. Underline the correct words. 1. Your eyes look very tired. Let your eyes rest more / less and watch more / less TV. 2. If you want to stay in shape, eat more / less healthy food like fruits, vegetables or fish. 3. Drink more / less water when you have a high fever. 4. If you want to lose weight, eat more / less junk food. 5. Sunbathe more / less to avoid getting sunburnt. UNIT 2: HEALTH 17
6. The popular thing to lose weight is “eat more / less and exercise more / less”. 7. Stay outdoors and do more / less physical activities. You will be more healthy. 8. Spend more / less time in front of screens, such as the phone, TV or computer. It’s not good for your eyes. VI. Complete the imperatives with more or less, using the verbs in the box. play
drink
eat
read
sleep
spend
watch
do
1. ____________video games or your eyes will be hurt. 2. ____________ fruit, vegetables or nuts because they are healthy. 3. ____________ if you want to be more active. 4. If you want to improve your knowledge, ____________ books. 5. ____________ TV because too much TV is really bad for your eyes. 6. If you’re outside on a hot day, ____________ water. 7. ____________ exercise, and you will feel fitter and healthier. 8. ____________ time on social media, so you can focus on your tasks. VII. Fill in the text with the words in the box. You can use one word more than once. much
many
more
little
less
It’s important for people to eat as (1) ________ as they need to give them energy. Ifthey eat too (2) ________ food or the wrong food they won’t have enough energy. If they eat too (3) ________, they will need to make (4) ________ exercise; otherwise they will put on weight. Fat is very high in calories, and has been linked with heart disease. (5) ________ experts believe that eating (6) ________ fat would help to reduce heart disease. Sugar isn’t good for the energy balance. There’s no doubt that too (7) ________ sugar makes you fat and it is not good for your teeth either. On the other hand, fibre that is found in cereals, fruits and vegetables is an important part of a healthy balanced diet. One of the simplest ways of eating (8) ________ fibre is to eat (9) ________ bread. It’s a good, cheap source of fibre and nutrients without too (10) ________ calories. Potatoes are good, too. So to keep healthy, eat (11) ________ fatty food, sweets, chocolate, cakes, jam and eat (12) ________ bread, potatoes, pasta, fresh fruit and vegetables. VIII. Fill in the blanks with and,so, but, or. 1. We stayed at home ________ watched a film. 2. I want to buy a new car, ________ I don’t have enough money. 3. She had a terrible headache last night, ________ she couldn’t go out. 4. I eat cake, ________ I never eat biscuits; I don’t like them. 5. Would you like cake ________ biscuits with your coffee? 6. My job is very interesting, ________ it doesn’t pay very well. 7. We can go by bus, ________ we can walk. 8. My classmate studies very hard, ________ she always gets good marks. 9. You had better hurry up, ________ you’ll be late for work.
18 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN BÀI TẬP
10. The Japanese eat healthily, ________ they have high life expectancy. IX. Join each pair of sentences by using a suitable conjunction: and, but, or, so. 1. The bus stopped. The man got off. _______________________________________________________________________ 2. Junk food tastes so good. It is bad for your health. _______________________________________________________________________ 3. You should eat less junk food. You will put on weight. _______________________________________________________________________ 4. He is a vegetarian. He doesn’t eat any meat. _______________________________________________________________________ 5. Would you like meat for lunch? Would you like vegetables for lunch? _______________________________________________________________________ 6. Susan went to the park. She had a ride on the swing. _______________________________________________________________________ 7. I love fruit. I am allergic to strawberries. _______________________________________________________________________ 8. There was a heavy rain. The roads were flooded. _______________________________________________________________________ X. Match the two parts of the sentence. 1. The doctor advises him to relax more,
a. so he ate all the cakes.
2. The Americans love steak,
b. but I prefers coffee.
3. Burgers are very tasty,
c. or he will be sick.
4. My father likes tea,
d. or you’ll spoil the surprise.
5. He was very hungry,
e. because he had a toothache.
6. Sam went to the dentist’s,
f. and they love hamburgers, too.
7. We wanted to go to the cinema
g. although they are not very healthy.
8. Don’t tell Mary about her birthday party,
h. but there weren’t any seats left.
1. _____;2. _____;3. _____;4. _____; 5. _____;6. _____; 7. _____; 8. _____ XI. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition. 1. Would you like to go out? - No, thanks. I’d rather stay ________ home. 2. If you’re going to watch the football, you can count me ________. I don’t like football. 3. I’ve put ________ 2kg in the last month. 4. The Japanese eat healthily, so they live ________ a long time. 5. Sitting too close ________ the TV hurts your eyes. 6. Be careful ________ what you eat and drink. 7. She runs six miles every day to help keep herself ________ shape. 8. Watching TV too much isn’t good ________ your eyes.
C. SPEAKING UNIT 2: HEALTH 19
I. Complete the conversation, using the phrases or sentences in the box. what are the best foods to eat?
can I drink it sometimes?
it's bad for your teeth and health.
what should I avoid?
how to stay healthy?
what else is important?
Tom:
Can you give me some suggestions on (1) _______________________
Doctor:
Well, first of all, you need to make sure that you eat the right foods.
Tom:
(2)_______________________
Doctor:
You should eat fresh fruits, vegetables, and whole grains.
Tom:
(3)_______________________
Doctor:
You need to avoid highly fatty and greasy foods.
Tom:
(4)_______________________
Doctor:
You need to get plenty of exercise every day.
Tom:
How about soda? (5)_______________________
Doctor: It’s okay to ___________________
drink soda once in a while,
but never overdo
it.
(6)
II. Match the health problems with the correct advice. 1. I have spots on my face.
a.You should go to your dentist.
2. I get sunburnt.
b. Eat less junk food and do more exercise.
3. I’ve got flu.
c. You shouldn’t drink cold drinks.
4. I’m putting on weight.
d. Apply an aloe vera lotion and drink lots of water.
5. I have a toothache. My tooth hurts.
e. Spend less time in front of screens.
6. I have a sore throat.
f. Stay at home and have a rest
7. My eyes are sore and tired. g. Wash your face regularly. III. Put the dialogue into the correct order. ___ My father gave me some painkillers. _1_ Hi. What’s the matter with you? ___ A horrible headache? Has anything hit you in the head lately? ___ If you are still hurts, you should see the doctor. ___ Oh! Did you take any medicines? ___ I had a horrible headache last week. ___ My head hit a door few days ago.
D. READING I. Fill in each blank with a word from the box. put
home-cooked
vitamins
weight
growing
unhealthy
like
diet
Good nutrition is especially important for (1) ___________ teenagers. Unfortunately many teenagers have an unbalanced (2) ___________. They buy (3) ___________ takeaway food every day or even a few times a day. If you eat fast food regularly, you are more likely to (4)
20 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN BÀI TẬP
___________ on weight than if you eat fast food only occasionally. About nine in ten teenagers eat junk food every day. This might be fizzy drinks and snacks (5) ___________ potato chips. Compared to (6) ___________ food, junk food is almost always: higher in fat, particularly saturated fat; higher in salt; higher in sugar; lower in fibre; lower in nutrients, such as (7) ___________ and minerals. Junk food is poor fuel for your body. A poor diet can cause (8) ___________ gain, high blood pressure, fatigue and concentration problems. II. Read the text, then decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F). These are some easy habits that help you stay healthy and live longer. Go for a jog Exercise is key to good health. Aerobic activity, like running, is crucial for getting your blood pumping and your heart working. A recent study showed that people who run have 25 to 40 per cent reduced risk of early death, and live about three years longer. Get more sun - but not too much The “sunshine vitamin” – vitamin D, that is – has been shown to fight to disease, improve bone health, and prevent depression. Concerns over skin cancer are well-founded, and sunblock is generally a good idea. But getting 15 to 30 minutes of sun exposure a day should be adequate for vitamin D production. Stress less The impact of stress on our overall health is huge, so reducing stress is one way to lower our risk of many deadly diseases. Eat more fruits and veggies If you want to live longer, eat more fruits and vegetables. The vitamins, minerals, and most importantly, the fibre help control satiety so you do not need to eat much of the animal foods. High fibre diets promote lower cholesterol levels, and reduce the risk of heart disease and cancers such as colon cancer. 1. One of the most important things you can do to stay healthy is to exercise. 2. Vitamin D comes from the sun. 3. Getting too much sun can be harmful. 4. Stress doesn’t impact on your health. 5. Fruits and vegetables contain vitamins, minerals and fibre. 6. A high fibre diet can cause heart disease and colon cancer.
E. WRITING I. Arrange the words to make sentences. 1. cold/ I/ sore throat/ love/ a/ drinks/ but/ have/ I. _______________________________________________________________________ 2. Jim/ overweight/ so/ eats/ is/ fast food/ too much/ he. _______________________________________________________________________ 3. too much/ bad/ television/ watching/ for/ health/ your/ is? _______________________________________________________________________ 4. the flu/ should/ you/ a cold/ if/ have/ or/ you/ home/ stay. UNIT 2: HEALTH 21
_______________________________________________________________________ 5. Alex/ usually/ fishing/ so/ loves/ goes/ in/ near/ he/ his house/ fishing/ the lake. _______________________________________________________________________ 6. you/ some/ clean/ yourself/ avoid/ diseases/ by/ can/ keeping. _______________________________________________________________________ II. Write the second sentence so that it has the same meaning to the first one. 1. Sue started to eat a low carb diet two years ago. → Sue has _________________________________________________________________ 2. Could you take me to the airport Friday morning? → Would you mind __________________________________________________________ 3. How about going to the movies tonight? → Let’s ___________________________________________________________________ 4. July stayed home from school yesterday because she had a high fever. → July had a high fever, ______________________________________________________ 5. She eats fruits and veggies every day, but she keeps gaining weight. → Although ________________________________________________________________ 6. Mark’s gained 5 kilos since he quit smoking. → Mark’s put_______________________________________________________________ 7. Joana doesn’t eat much in order not to be overweight. → Joana doesn’t eat much because_______________________________________________ 8. It’s a good idea to do exercise regularly. → You ____________________________________________________________________
TEST FOR UNIT 2 I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others. 1. a. myth
b. cycling
c. itchy
d. allergy
2. a. headache
b. spread
c. health
d. weak
3. a. fat
b. leaf
c. of
d. safe
4. a. flu
b. sunburn
c. junk
d. much
5. a. wash
b. wear
c. wake
d. wrap
II. Choose the odd one out. 1. a. running
b. coughing
c. cycling
d. swimming
2. a. vegetables
b. fish
c. fried chicken
d. fruits
3. a. cold
b. cough
c. stuffy nose
d. sunburn
4. a. soda
b. milk
c. fruit Juice
d. water
5. a. fever
b. health
c. obesity
d. headache
III. Choose the best answer a, b, c, or d to complete the sentence.
22 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN BÀI TẬP
1. Please wake me ________ at 5 and we will leave at 6 in the morning. a. up
b. on
c. over
d. in
2. If you want to ________ weight, you should follow a low-fat diet. a. lose
b. gain
c. put on
d. take
3. Junk foods are high in fat, sodium and sugar, which can lead to ________. a. fever
b. allergy
c. obesity
d. stomachache
4. He looks so ________. He can’t keep his eyes open! a. happy
b. tired
c. healthy
d. fit
5. If you want to stay healthy, eat ________ vegetables, whole grains, fruit and fish. a. much
b. fewer
c. more
d. less
6. Fruit tastes good ________ it’s healthy for your body. a. so
b.but
c. or
d. and
7. You are ________ you eat, so don’t eat unhealthy foods. a. what
b.who
c. which
d. that
8. She looks very tired. She should work ________ or she will get sick. a. well
b. less
c. more
d. enough
9. She stays in ________ by exercising daily and eating well. a. health
b. fit
b. size
d. shape
10. Don’t sit too close to the screen, ________. a. and you’ll hurt your eyes
b. so you can see more clearly
c. or you’ll get a headache
d. but it’s bad for your health
IV. Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets. 1. ______________ (you/ eat) fried chicken last night? 2. He ______________ (put) on a lot of weight recently. 3. I often ______________ (drink) coca cola when I was a child. 4. Joana ______________ (wash) her face regularly to prevent spots. 5. I think he ______________ (not pass) the exam. He hasn’t studied at all. 6. She ______________ (have) a sore throat, and she ______________ (cough) terribly now. 7. You should try ______________ (exercise) a couple times a week. 8. He keeps ______________ (sneeze), so I think he’s got a cold. 9. What ______________ (you/ do) tomorrow evening? 10. My mother doesn’t like ______________(eat) fast food. V. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets. 1. The Japanese eat ______________, so they have high life expectancy. (health) 2. Drinking unclean water can cause ______________. (sick) 3. My uncle is a ______________. He doesn’t eat meat or fish. (vegetable) 4. ______________ can increase the risk of heart disease and diabetes. (obese) 5. I’m ______________ to shellfish, so I can’t eat lobster and shrimp. (allergy)
UNIT 2: HEALTH 23
6. I got ______________ during my beach vacation. (sunburn) 7. Lack of vitamin E can cause skin diseases and ______________. (tired) 8. The symptoms of the disease include fever and ______________. (head) VI. Match the questions to the answers. 1. How many calories should I eat in a day?
a.A little better, but still feel tired.
2. Shall we go and play basketball?
b.Wash your face daily and use gentle skin care products.
3. What activity uses a lot of calories?
c. Eat less junk food and do more exercise
4. What should I do to prevent spots?
d.Count me out. 1 prefer to stay home.
5. How do you feel now?
e.We’ll feel tired and weak.
6. What happens when we don’t have enough calories?
f. Between 1,600 and 2,500.
7. Why should people drink green tea?
g.I think it’s running.
8. What should I do to lose weight?
h.Because it can help prevent cancer.
VII. There is one mistake in each sentence. Underline and correct the mistake. 1. Sitting close to the laptop’s screen hurt your eyes. 2. You can avoid many diseases by eat healthy food. 3. You look so bad! How’s wrong with you? 4. Eating lots of fast food can make you fat or obesity. 5. Eating more fruit and vegetables to get vitamins, minerals, fiber. 6. Good nutrition is a important part of leading a healthy lifestyle. 7. Watch more television; if not, your eyes will be tired. 8. I’ve drunk three glasses of beer, but I’ve got a headache. VIII. Choose the word which best fits each gap. Breakfast is the (1) ______ important meal of the day. It provides the nutrients your body needs for good health, the calories it needs for (2) ______ and helps to maintain your blood sugar level. Studies have shown that people who don’t have breakfast have a low blood sugar level and are often slow, tired, hungry and (3) ______ to concentrate. Surprisingly, breakfast actually plays a part in weight control. It's easier to (4) ______ weight if you eat in the morning rather than later in the day. Dividing the day’s calories (5) ______ three meals helps take off weight more efficiently than (6) ______ breakfast and having two larger meals a day does. 1. a. healthy
b. tasty
c. main
d. most
2. a. strenght
b. power
c. energy
d. effort
3. a. able
b. enable
c. unable
d. capable
4. a. lose
b. put
c. gain
d. drop
5. a. in
b. into
c. up
d. for
6. a. skipping
b. making
c. buying
d. serving
IX. Read the text carefully then choose the correct answers.
24 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN BÀI TẬP
The island of Okinawa in Japan has some of the oldest people in the world. It’s famous for its high number of centenarians – men and women who live beyond 100 years of age. There have been many scientific studies of their lifestyle and you can even buy cookery books based on their diets. Some of the reasons for their good health are that they ... go fishing and eat what they catch. regularly do gardening and grow their own fruit and vegetables. go cycling and never drive when they can walk. often spend time with friends. They meet at people’s houses and play games. rarely buy food from a supermarket. do regular exercise, go swimming and lead active lives. 1. According to the passage, Okinawa is well known for a. its beauty
b. its centenarians
.
c. its subtropical climate d. its cuisine
2. The people of Okinawa _______. a. cook very well
b. eat a lot of meat
c. have an unhealthy diet
d. have the longest lifespan
3. Which of the followings is NOT true about the Okinawans? a. They eat what they fish and grow.
b. They often buy food at the supermarket.
c. They do exercise regularly.
d. They enjoy socializing with friends.
4. A centenarian is a person who _______. a. is 100 years old
b. is almost 100 years old
c. is 100 years old or more
d. is 100 years old or less
5. The Okinawans live a long life because _______. a. they have healthy diets and living habits. b. they walk as much as they can. c. they love gardening and going fishing.
d. they only eat fruit and vegetables.
X. Write sentences, using the words given. 1. Phong/ eat/ lots of/ junk food/ so/ he/ putting/ weight. _______________________________________________________________________ 2. I/ exercise/ daily/ because/ I/ want/ stay/ healthy. _______________________________________________________________________ 3. Sitting/ too/ close/ the TV/ hurt/ your eyes. _______________________________________________________________________ 4. She/ often/ take/ paracetamol/ if/ she/ get / bad/ headache. _______________________________________________________________________ 5. how many calories/ you/ bum/ do/ aerobics/ 2 hours? _______________________________________________________________________ 6. getting/ enough/ sleep/ help/ students/ do/ their best/ the classroom. _______________________________________________________________________
UNIT 2: HEALTH 25
UNIT 3
COMMUNITY SERVICE
A. PHONETICS I. Look at the pictures and complete the words. Then put them in the correct column.
1.__lass
2.__lass
3.__arden
4.__up
5. __id
6. __raffiti
7. __lothes
8.blan__et
9. __old
10. __lobe
11. __ommunity
12. __ame
13. __ake
14. __ift
15. __ite
16. __rapes
/g/
/k/
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________ ________________________________ ________________________________
________________________________ ________________________________ ________________________________
II. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently. 1. a. collect
b. cough
c. think
d. certain
2. a. girl
b. game
c. gym
d. give
3. a. colour
b. face
c. city
d. recycle
4. a. global
b. geography
c. green
d. big
5. a. charitable
b. character
c. headache
d. school
B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. Complete the sentences with the words or phrases from the box. street children
volunteers
homeless people
sick children
disabled people
donnors
elderly people
1. Sally often spends her free time helping ________________ at the hospital. 2. They provide housing and other services to ________________. 3. Street Child works to help ________________ off the streets and into school. 4. Most blood ________________ are unpaid volunteers who donate blood for a community supply. 5. Schools need ________________ to help children to read. 6. They help ________________ with housework and gardening. 7. The local authority built a new home for severely ________________. II. Match the pictures with the volunteer activities. Pick up trash in the surroundings. Take care of cats and dogs at an animal shelter. Donate blood. Help the elderly at the nursing home. Build houses for homeless people. Donate old clothes.
1.
_______________________________
2.
_______________________________
3.
_______________________________
4.
_______________________________
5.
_______________________________
6.
_______________________________
III. Complete the sentences with the correct verbs in the box. plant
volunteer
clean up
donate
tutor
recycle
provide
organise
1. ______________ your used books to your local library or charities. 2. ______________ a fundraising event to raise money for charity. 3. ______________ polluted rivers and lakes. 4. ______________ trees or flowers in your backyard or community garden. 5. ______________ at a nursing home, soup kitchen, or homeless shelter. 6. ______________ plastic and paper for a clean environment. 7. ______________ nutritious meals to the poor and needy people. 8. ______________ homeless children who are unable to attend school. IV. Underline the correct answers. 1. I saw/ have seen that film already. 2. We went/ have gone to the movies three times last month. 3. Did you ever do/ Have you ever done volunteer work? 4. I had/ have had five tests so far this semester. 5. Linus did/ has done his homework before he went to sleep. 6. This is my grandparents’ house. They lived/ have lived here for more than 50 years. 7. She bought/ has bought a new mobile phone two days ago. 8. Did you see/ Have you seen Peter at the party last night? 9. I read/ have read this book twice and I still find it very interesting. 10. They didn’t play/ haven’t played very well yesterday. They lost the match. V. Put the verbs into the correct tense, past simple or present perfect. 1. _____________ (you/ ever/ be) to the United States ? - No, but I _____________ (be) to England and France. 2. When we were in Canada, we _____________ (go) skiing almost every day. 3. When _____________ (you/ meet) your wife? - 3 years ago. 4. Peter _____________ (not phone) yet. I’m still waiting. 5. I _____________ (know) Helen since we were at school together. 6. My uncle _____________ (live) in Berlin in 1999. 7. We _____________ (not see) Beth at Mike’s house yesterday morning.
8. Do you like this picture? My uncle _____________ (paint) it. 9. Mr. Dass _____________ (leave) for New York late last night. 10. Mr and Mrs Grey _____________ (teach) French here for over five years. VI. Choose the correct answer a, b, c, or d. 1. We ______ very busy last week. a. was
b. am
c. were
d. will be
2. I ______ her recently. The last time we met was at a party. a. have seen
b. haven’t seen
c. didn’t see
d. saw
3. In 2012, they ______ their project for street children. a. start
b. are starting
c. started
d. have started
c. have left
d. left
c. is running
d. has ran
4. We ______ very early this morning. a. will leave
b. leave
5. She ______ because she’s late for her class. a. runs
b. ran
6. I ______ that book already. It’s really fantastic. a. read
b. have read
c. am reading
d. will read
c. called
d. is calling
7. He ______ you as soon as he’s on the bus. a. will call
b. calls
8. Sometimes I ______ up the streets of my neighborhood for volunteer service. a. clean
b. am cleaning
c. have cleaned
d. will clean
9. I live in New York, but I ______ the Statue of Liberty. a. never visit
b. have never visited c. never visited
d. will never visit
10. I ______ my favourite song when I turned on the radio yesterday. a. hear
b. heard
c. am hearing
d. will hear
VII. Join each pair of sentences using because, as or since. 1. He stopped the car. The traffic lights turned red. (because) _______________________________________________________________________ 2. Jane didn’t join our programme. She had to take a summer course. (as) _______________________________________________________________________ 3. He behaved very rudely. Everyone dislike him. (since) _______________________________________________________________________ 4. They like doing something useful. They do volunteer work. (because) _______________________________________________________________________ 5. I won’t be able to attend the meeting. I’ll be on holiday with my family. (since) _______________________________________________________________________ 6. It was raining heavily. We decided to stay home and watch TV. (as) _______________________________________________________________________ 7. He wants to get fit. He’s training hard. (because)
UNIT 3: COMMUNITY SERVICE 29
_______________________________________________________________________ 8. Sally was ill. She didn’t go to school yesterday. (since) _______________________________________________________________________ VIII. Answer each question using ‘because’ and the words in brackets. 0. Why was Judy absent from school? (be sick) She was absent from school because she was sick. 1. Why did Sam go to the dentist’s? (have a toothache) He ____________________________________________________________________ 2. Why didn’t you take part in volunteer programs? (not have enough time) I ______________________________________________________________________ 3. Why doesn’t Mike want to go and see the film? (see it already) He _____________________________________________________________________ 4. Why is Sharon popular in school? (be honest and polite) She ____________________________________________________________________ 5. Why did the teacher scold Alex? (not complete his homework) She ____________________________________________________________________ 6. Why did you go home late last night? (miss the last bus) I ______________________________________________________________________ IX. Complete the sentences with and, but, so, or, because. 1. Olivia was very happy __________ she passed her examination. 2. He didn’t study __________ he failed the history exam. 3. My mother usually gets home at 5 o’clock __________then she cooks dinner. 4. I was late for class tills morning __________ the bus was late. 5. We went to Jane’s house __________ she was out. 6. We can go to the pool __________ we can go horse-riding, whichever you prefer. 7. She is studying very hard __________ she wants to be a doctor. 8. Carol studied hard for the maths test __________ she couldn’t get a good mark. 9. The floor was wet and slippery __________ Mason almost fell. 10. Mike ate healthy food __________ did regular exercises to keep fit. X. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition. 1. Tom Holden worked __________ a volunteer at a charity in 2010. 2. They provided housing and other supports __________ homeless people. 3. Some volunteers enjoy helping elderly people living __________ nursing homes. 4. She donated thousands of pounds __________ children’s charities. 5. The benefits __________ volunteering are enormous to you, and your community. 6. You can volunteer to help cook and serve a meal __________ a homeless shelter. 7. UNICEF has launched a campaign to help children __________ need. 8. They provided street children __________ food and books.
30 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN BÀI TẬP
C. SPEAKING I. Complete the dialogues with the sentences in the box. Because they like doing something useful and helping others. Yes. it makes a better life and improves the society. Because volunteering teaches me a lot. Yes, I've been a volunteer teacher for Street Child Organization. It helps you stay healthy, increases self-confidence, and makes you happy. We can donate money or clothes via charitable organisations. 1. A: Do you think the community service makes a difference? B: _____________________________________________________________________ 2. A: What can we do to help homeless people? B: _____________________________________________________________________ 3. A: What are the benefits of volunteering? B: _____________________________________________________________________ 4. A: Have you ever done any volunteer work? B: _____________________________________________________________________ 5. A: Why would you enjoy volunteering? B: _____________________________________________________________________ 6. A: Why do you think people volunteer? B: _____________________________________________________________________ II. Put the dialogue into the correct order. ___ Have you ever participated in community service? ___ Great! What else have you planned to do? ___ Certainly. Community service is the work which benefits the others and your community. ___ Of course you can. ___ Yes. I’m a volunteer for a charity organization. _1_ Could you tell me what community service is, Joana? ___ What have you done so far? ___ Well, we have planned to recruit more volunteers and set up a new campaign for recycling. ___ That sounds really interesting! Can I take part? ___ We have cleaned streets, planted trees and encouraged people to donate food, clothes and money to help the poor and needy people.
D. READING I. Fill In each blank with a word from the box. service
money
back
but
clothing
while
volunteer
together
UNIT 3: COMMUNITY SERVICE 31
Many people (1) ___________ in their communities. Some people work with children or the elderly (2) ___________ others clean city parks. Some student clubs require their members to participate in a certain number of hours of community (3) ___________ every month. One way that communities work (4) ___________ is by raising funds for those in need. A community might raise (5) ___________ for a school to buy new equipment or uniforms by selling baked goods or holding a yard sale. Many communities provide places for people in need to receive food, (6)___________, or shelter. Volunteering can help people feel like they are giving something (7) ___________ to their communities. Sometimes a person may need help at one time (8) ___________ be able to help others later. II. Read the text carefully then answer the questions. Community service is work done by a person or group of people that benefits others. It is often done near the area where you live, so your own community gets the benefits of your work. You do not get paid to perform community service, but get to learn a lot. Community service can help many different groups of people, even animals and the environment. Community service is often organized through a local group, such as a place of worship, school, or non-profit organization, or you can start your own community service projects. Community service can even involve raising funds by donating used goods or selling used goods like clothing. Many people participate in community service because they enjoy helping others and improving their community. 1. What is community service? _______________________________________________________________________ 2. Where is community service often done? _______________________________________________________________________ 3. Is community service a paying job? _______________________________________________________________________ 4. What groups of people can community service help? _______________________________________________________________________ 5. Is donation of used goods a community service example? _______________________________________________________________________ 6. Why do many people take part in community service? _______________________________________________________________________
E. WRITING I. Arrange the words to make sentences. 1. way/ others/ community/ a/ help/ service/ is/ great/ to/. _______________________________________________________________________ 2. they/community/people/ because/ volunteer/ want/ improve/ to/ their/. _______________________________________________________________________ 3. encouraged/ books/ people/ street children/ we/ to/ donate/ and clothes/ to _______________________________________________________________________ 4. what/ to/ help/ we/ can/ do/ the environment/ clean/? _______________________________________________________________________
32 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN BÀI TẬP
5. work/ done/ you/ ever/ have/ volunteer/ any? _______________________________________________________________________ 6. free time/ Joe/ doing/ work/ spent/ most/ at/ his/ local hospital/ a/ of/ volunteer. _______________________________________________________________________ II. Write the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first one. Use the word in brackets. 1. I’m leaving now because I don’t want to miss the train. (so) → I’m ____________________________________________________________________ 2. The last time I saw my uncle was two years ago. (for) → I haven’t ________________________________________________________________ 3. Let me reach my office and then I will talk to him. (when) → I ______________________________________________________________________ 4. Why don’t we donate our old books, toys and clothes to charity? (suggests) → Mom ___________________________________________________________________ 5. Jane stayed behind after the class in order to talk to the teacher. (because) → Jane ____________________________________________________________________ 6. This is the first time they’ve been to Korea. (before) → They’ve _________________________________________________________________ 7. How long have you been a member of Volunteers In Asia? (join) → When___________________________________________________________________ 8. We suggested people recycle glass, cans and paper. (encouraged) → We ____________________________________________________________________
TEST FOR UNIT 3 I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others. 1. a. centre
b. kid
c. encourage
d. colour
2. a. chemistry
b. school
c. mechanic
d. charity
3. a. tutor
b. volunteer
c. student
d. community
4. a. graffiti
b. garage
c. general
d. globe
5. a. provide
b. donate
c. program
d. clothes
II. Choose the odd one out. 1. a. donate
b. program
c. service
d. member
2. a. sick children
b. volunteer
c. homeless people
d. disabled people
3. a. donating clothes
b. cleaning streets
c. providing food
d. playing games
4. a. homeless
b. sick
c. street
d. disabled
5. a. volunteer
b. graffiti
c. donor
d. contributor
UNIT 3: COMMUNITY SERVICE 33
III. Choose the best answer a, b, c, or d to complete the sentence. 1. We are very excited ________ our 2018 Volunteer Program. a. about
b. for
c. in
d. with
2. Toys of Hope provide toys, books and clothing ________ needy and homeless children. a. from
b. to
c. with
d. against
3. Many people donate to the Red Cross, a ________ organization that aids people free of charge. a. profit-making
b. for-profit
c. non-profit
d. profitable
4. The river is heavily polluted. They should ________. a. clean it up
b. give it away
c. pick out
d. recycle it
5. ________ people usually live on the streets, under bridges, or in camps. a. Sick
b. Homeless
c. Elderly
d. Disabled
6. I’ve ________ seen this film. Let’s watch something else. a. never
b. ever
c. already
d. yet
7. We help families in ________ by providing food, clothing, housing and much more. a. control
b. case
c. need
d. shape
8. Most people volunteer ________ they want to make a difference in their community. a. because
b. so
c. so that
d. in order to
9. We can help to reduce ________ by using public transportation, biking and walking. a. air pollution
b. water pollution
c. social problems
d. community service
10. ________ do you like this charity work? – I really like it. a. What
b. Why
c. When
d. How
IV. Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets. 1. Jasmine ______________ (fail) her driver’s test three times! 2. They ______________ (establish) the Viet Nam Red Cross Society in 19‘16. 3. How long ____________ (they/ live) here?~They____________ (move) here two years ago. 4. So far, we ______________ (finish) half of our work. 5. I’m really busy now. I ______________ (study) for the final exam. 6. When ______________(you/ buy) these shirts? ~ I ______________ (buy) them yesterday. 7. __________________ (you/ ever/ be) to Japan? ~ No, I ______________ (not be) to Japan yet. 8. Claire ______________ (volunteer) at the homeless shelter once a week. 9. We volunteer ______________ (help) the elderly in a nursing home. 10. Jane suggested ______________ (donate) old books, and toys to needy children. V. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets. 1. Community ______________ have a lot of positive effects on students. (serve) 2. ______________ people find it difficult to have a job. (disable) 3. I’d like to work as a volunteer for a charity ______________. (organise) 4. He made a £5000 ______________ to charity. (donate)
34 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN BÀI TẬP
5. The Soup Kitchen is a ______________ organization that provides free meals for needy people. (profit) 6. The homeless shelters are entirely staffed by ______________ worker. (volunteer) 7. The organization is funded by ______________ donations. (charity) 8. We help the ______________ with housework and gardening. (old) VI. There is one mistake in each sentence. Underline and correct the mistake. 1. She has went to visit Susan. She’ll be back tomorrow. 2. I didn’t done any volunteer work lately. 3. Matha is a great cooker and she often cooks dinner for homeless people. 4. Kim hasn’t seen the film already, so don’t tell her how it ends. 5. She has donated a lot of money for local charities. 6. Before donate a book, make sure that it is in good condition. 7. We should encourage people recycle glass, cans, plastic and paper. 8. Did you lived in Vancouver when you were young? VII. Match the questions with the answers. 1. What is community service?
a. Because it will help make a difference to millions of children’s lives.
2. Have you ever done any volunteer work?
b. We can provide them with food, clothes and other necessities.
3. What can we do to help people in a flooded area?
c. I’d love to. But I don’t have much free time. d. It’s voluntary work that someone does to help their community.
4. Why should we donate to UNICEF?
e. I’ve learned a lot of new skills. 5. How do you think we can help sick children? 6. Would you like to work as a volunteer?
f. Because they want to help other people.
7. What have you learned from volunteering?
g. We can bring fun and enjoyment to them.
8. Why do people enjoy doing volunteer work?
h. No, I have never done it.
VIII.Choose the word which best fits each gap. Doing some form of voluntary work has (1) _________ been more popular with British people. Over 20 million people were engaged (2) _________ voluntary activities in 2013. Volunteering means giving up time to do work of (3) _________ to the community. It can be based in the UK or overseas. Volunteering can take many forms, from working with children with (4)_________ difficulties, in an animal hospital, or planting trees. (5) _________ London won its bid to host the 2012 Olympics, up to 70,000 (6) _________ were needed to help ensure the games were a success. 1. a. ever
b. any
c. never
d. before
2. a. with
b. in
c. to
d. for
3. a. comfort
b. benefit
c. contribute
d. profit
4. a. learn
b. learned
c. learning
d. learnt
5. a. When
b. While
c. Where
d. What UNIT 3: COMMUNITY SERVICE 35
6. a. donors
b. visitors
c. foreigners
d. volunteers
IX. Read the text carefully, then decide whether the following statements are true (T) orfalse (F). The Soup Kitchen, founded in 1986, is a resource for the homeless, elderly, lonely and poor inCentral London, providing free hot meals, clothes and toiletries, and creating a sense of belonging and community. Serving around 70 people a day from 10 am -12 noon on Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, Friday and Saturday, with the Clothes Closet open on alternate Mondays, four to five volunteers are required each morning to carry out this vital work. The Soup Kitchen is run by a Board of Trustees, a part-time Director and Kitchen Manager, three more staff and a team of volunteers. Support for The Soup Kitchen comes from individuals, corporations and trusts. Volunteers and donations (both financial and in-kind) are vital to support our work and enable us to continue this service to the community. 1. The Soup Kitchen is a non-profit organization. 2. It provides free meals for people in need. 3. It opens five days a week from 10am to 12pm. 4. Clothing is provided every Monday morning. 5. The organization is funded by donations from individuals, corporations and trusts. 6. People can only donate money to the Soup Kitchen. X. Make sentences using the cues given. 1. last year/ we/ start/ community garden/ project. → _______________________________________________________________________ 2. so far/ we/ ask/ people/ donate/ books and clothes/ the poor children. → _______________________________________________________________________ 3. because/ the lake/ be/ full/ rubbish/ they/ decide/ clean it up/ last Sunday. → _______________________________________________________________________ 4. Green Summer/organize/ first time/ in 1997. → _______________________________________________________________________ 5. Go Green/non-profit/organisation/that/protect/environment. → _______________________________________________________________________ 6. when/ you/ start/ work/ this charitable organization? → _______________________________________________________________________
36 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN BÀI TẬP
TEST YOURSELF 1 I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others. 1. a. laugh
b. cough
c. bought
d. tough
2. a. game
b. gym
c. girl
d. bag
3. a. calorie
b. labour
c. community
d. volunteer
4. a. environmental
b. benefit
c. service
d. sick
5. a. danced
b. helped
c. watched
d. enjoyed
II. Choose the odd one out. 1. a. flu
b. cough
c. headache
d. hobby
2. a. gymnastics
b. stamps
c. books
d. dolls
3. a. elderly people
b. donors
c. disabled people
d. sick children
4. a. fresh fish
b. fruit
c. junk food
d. vegetables
5. a. service
b. non-profit
c. charitable
d. homeless
III. Fill in each blank with a suitable word. 1. My friend loves _____________ dolls. She has a large doll collection. 2. Two people wereseverely physically _____________ in the crash. 3. My father carves eggshells as a _____________. 4. He keeps sneezing and coughing. I think he has a _____________. 5. Walking is one of the best ways to stay in _____________. 6. The government should provide housing for _____________ people. IV. Choose the best answer a, b, c, or d to complete the sentence. 1. Have you ever taken part _______ volunteer work? a.for
b. to
c. in
d.with
2. We have raised money for people in need _______ 2015. a. in
b.at
c.since
d. for
c.sore throat
d. temperature
3. She’s got a high _______ – almost 40°. a. flu
b.headache
4. Jane is _______ weight because she eats too much junk food. a. getting over
b. putting on
c.taking up
d. throwing away
5. The charity _______ facilities for disabled people to take part in sport. a. provides
b.donates
c.raises
d. collects
6. I can’t fasten my jeans – I’ll have to _______. a. eat more junk food
b. go out regularly
c. see my doctor
d. go on a diet
7. My favourite hobby is _______. I spend most of my free time making vases and bowls from clay. a. woodcarving
b. pottery making
c. model making
d. birdwatching
TEST YOURSELF 1 37
8. I’ve already done my homework, _______ I am going to watch TV. a. so
b.because
c.but
d. and
9. They could not afford to buy the house because it was _______. a. too pretty
b.too tight
c.too expensive
d. too cheap
10. _______ do you do volunteer work? - Every weekend. a. How long
b.How far
c.How much
d. How often
V. Write the correct tense or form of the verbs in brackets. 1. I ________________ (already/ read) that book. It’s fantastic. 2. We ________________ (not do) any volunteer work five years ago. 3. James ________________ (do) lots of volunteer work when he was in high school. 4. I think people ________________ (eat) more healthy food in the future. 5. People ________________ (need) about 2,000 calories a day to stay in shape. 6. ______________ (Alex/ ever/ be) to Seattle? ~ Yes, he ______________ (be) to Seattle once. 7. Right now, Margaret ________________ (have) a shower. Do you want to ring later? 8. Be a Buddy ________________ (establish) in 2011. 9. We encouraged people ________________ (recycle) bottles, cans and paper. 10. My mother enjoys ________________(do) charitable work. VI. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets. 1. Mike’s hobby is listening to music. He gets a lot ___________ from listening to music. (enjoy) 2. John is a stamp ___________. He has a lot of rare and valuable stamps. (collect) 3. One third of children in the U. S. is ___________ or obese. (weigh) 4. I have ___________ so I must go to a dentist. (tooth) 5. Junk food is ___________, so we shouldn’t eat too much junk food. (health) 6. Blood ___________ give blood for use in hospitals. (donate) 7. They aren’t forced to do charity work. They do it ___________. (volunteer) 8. They opened a shelter to provide housing for the ___________. (home) VII. Each sentence has a mistake. Find and correct it. 1. My brother loves play chess when he has free time. 2. I find woodcarving interest because it’s creative. 3. Many people wait for the dentist at the moment. 4. They have donated blood three months ago. 5. Did you finished your homework yet? 6. I’d like to go, and I have to study for my test tonight. 7. Eat more fast food, or you’ll put on weight. 8. Do you think staying at home all day is bored? VIII. Make questions for the underlined parts. 1. A: ________________________________________
38 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN BÀI TẬP
B: My favourite hobby is taking photos. 2. A: ________________________________________ B: He spends most of his free time carving eggshells. 3. A: ________________________________________ B: I often share my hobby with my best friend. 4. A: ________________________________________ B: She went to the doctor because she had a high fever. 5. A: ________________________________________ B: People need about 2.000 calories a day to stay in shape. 6. A: ________________________________________ B: I started working as a volunteer in 2015. 7. A: ________________________________________ B: So far, we have provided food and clothes to people in need. 8. A: ________________________________________ B: My mother has done charitable work for five years. IX. Fill in each blank with a word from the box. feed
disabled
helping
care
parents
donating
how
charitable
It’s not uncommon in America for a person to belong to some kind of volunteer group. (1)____________ one’s time and services is very much a part of the American way of life. Most (2)____________ activities are organized by churches and groups around the nation and even encouraged by the government. The (3) ____________ hand is extended to the poor, the homeless and the (4) ____________. Some people work to teach youngsters (5) ____________ to read, others open up soup kitchens to (6) ____________ the homeless. Volunteers also take (7) ____________ of the disabled by making reading tapes for the blind and working in orphanages to help children without (8) ____________. X. Read the text carefully then choose the correct answers. Maintaining a healthy body is not that easy and not so difficult also. Most important tip for a healthy body is to have healthy food and eat them at proper time. Avoid eating junk food. Your diet should contain food which has more nutrients. Try to include vegetables, fruits, milk, and fish in your daily diet. Make sure you are having your breakfast regularly. Skipping your breakfast regularly will definitely affect your health. Make sure you drink more amount of water daily. Regular exercise will also keep your body in good health. You can go for running, do cycling, walking faster etc. Apart from these always try to manage your stress. By controlling your stress you can maintain a healthy body. Your body should get enough time to take rest. Make sure you get a sleep of 8 hours daily. Sleep is very important for healthy body and also for mental and emotional happiness. 1. To have a healthy body, you should _________. a.eat junk food
b. put on weight
c. have a healthy diet
d. not consume nutrients TEST YOURSELF 1 39
2. Skipping breakfast is _________ for your health. a.good
b. bad
c. necessary
d. important
3. Which of the followings is not keep your body in good health? a.smoking
b. cycling
c. running
d. jogging
4. Managing stress can help people _________. a.have a good body
b. live longer
c. sleep enough time d. stay healthy
5. Which of the followings is NOT true? a.It’s difficult to maintain a healthy body. b.Water is important for your health. c.Getting enough sleep can make you happier. d.Eating healthy and exercising are tips to stay healthy. XI. Write the second sentence so that it has the same meaning to the first one. 1. My father finds playing board games interesting. → My father is ______________________________________________________________ 2. He hasn’t smoked cigarettes for a month. → The last time _____________________________________________________________ 3. That apartment is more modern than any apartments. → That apartment ___________________________________________________________ 4. There are over two hundred stamps in Nam’s collection. → Nam’s collection __________________________________________________________ 5. I spend twenty minutes walking to school every morning. → It takes _________________________________________________________________ 6. I find losing weight very difficult. → It’s ____________________________________________________________________
40 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN BÀI TẬP
UNIT 4
MUSIC AND ARTS
A. PHONETICS I. Put the words into the correct columns. musician
special
television
pleasure
ocean
delicious
sure
leisure tradition
occasion
show
champagne decision
sugar
station treasure
usually
machine
provision
dishwasher
garage
brochure
/∫/
/ȝ/
________________________________ ________________________________ ________________________________
________________________________ ________________________________ ________________________________
II. Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently. 1. a. dish
b. sugar
c. shoes
d. sing
2. a. vision
b. pressure
c. washer
d. machine
3. a. division
b. occasion
c. leisure
d. ensure
4. a. chauffer
b. shampoo
c. children
d. cashier
5. a. exhibition
b. revision
c. anxious
d. social
III. Underline the words with the sound /∫/ and circle the words with the sound /ȝ/. 1. Famous musicians usually perform this song. 2. There is a program on television about removing rubbish from rivers. 3. The garage is not far from the bus station. 4. She made the decision to get a bed spread with striped sheets. 5. The physician is anxious about the living conditions of his patient.
B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. Write the correct word under each picture. portrait
puppet
1. _____________
saxophone
violin
2. _____________
cello
drum
3. _____________
painting
guitar
4. _____________
5. _____________
6. _____________
7. _____________
8. _____________
II. Complete the sentences with the words in the box. musician
singer actress composer comedian poet 1. TruyenKieu is written by the great _____________ Nguyen Du.
artist
pianist
2. Celine Dion is a Canadian _____________. She sang the song My heart will go on. 3. Mozart was an Austrian classical _____________. He wrote over 600 pieces of music. 4. Every joke the _____________ made was greeted with gales of laughter. 5. Vietnamese _____________ Dang Thai Son studied piano in Moscow. 6. The _____________ is playing some sad tune on his saxophone. 7. This young _____________ is currently exhibiting his work at the gallery. 8. American _____________ Selena Gomez starred in the film Another Cinderella Story. III. Complete the sentences with the correct tense or form of the verbs in the box. play
draw
compose
paint
take
perform
exhibit
sing
1. Mozart _____________ his first piece of music when he was five years old. 2. She usually_____________ in water colour. 3. We all _____________ ‘Happy Birthday’ to her. 4. Most pupils learn _____________ a musical instrument. 5. We _____________ many of his works at our gallery so far. 6. Rosie _____________ an elephant and coloured it in. 7. My brother enjoys_____________ photos of the nature and landscape. 8. The band _____________ live at the Central Park tomorrow. IV. Complete each sentence with as... as and the adjective or adverb in the box. relaxing
convenient
hot
deep
dangerous
quickly
frequently
boring
1. This summer is not __________________ last summer. 2. The river isn’t __________________ it looks. 3. For me, lying on the beach is not __________________ walking in the mountain. 4. A smartphone send messages __________________ a laptop. 5. This gym is not __________________ the one near my house. 6. I think travelling by airplane is not __________________ travelling by car.
7. I hope his new movie isn’t __________________ his last one. 8. Adam doesn’t exercise __________________ he used to. V. Choose the correct option for each of the following sentences. 1. What is the _______________ month of the year in Vietnam? (hot, hotter, hottest) 2. Hawaii is _______________ from Hong Kong than Japan. (far, farther, farthest) 3. Mozart is as _______________ as Beethoven. (famous, more famous, most famous) 4. Which is _______________, grammar or vocabulary? (important, more important, most important) 5. Who is the _______________ person in your family? (powerful, more powerful, most powerful) 6. Their house is three times as _______________ as ours. (big, bigger, biggest) 7. Susan is much _______________ with children than her sister is. (patient, morepatient, most patient) 8. Ann does not swim so _______________ as her coach claims. (quickly, more quickly, most quickly) VI. Rewrite each of the following sentences using different from or the same as. 1. Their results and our results are different. Their results are different from our results. 2. The price of the scarf and the price of the gloves are the same. The price of the scarf is the same as the price of the gloves. 3. This house and your last house are different. ______________________________________________________ 4. The child’s height and the height of the table are the same. ______________________________________________________ 5. Jane and her sister are very different. ______________________________________________________ 6. This cake and that cake taste the same. ______________________________________________________ 7. Food in San Francisco and food in New Orleans are different. ______________________________________________________ 8. His shoes and my shoes are the same. ______________________________________________________ 9. American English and British English are slightly different. ______________________________________________________ 10. People say I and my mother look just the same. ______________________________________________________ VII. Complete the sentence with as, than or from. 1. The blue car is as fast __________ the red car. 2. Physics is more difficult __________ history. UNIT 4: MUSIC AND ARTS 43
3. Animals feel pain the same __________ we do 4. Life in the country is very different __________ life in the city. 5. He’s not really __________ tall as he looks on TV. 6. This classroom is a lot nicer __________ the one we had last year. 7. London was different __________ most European capitals. 8. Driving a boat is not the same __________ driving a car. VIII. Complete the second sentence using the word in brackets. 1. Cycling is faster than walking. (as) Walking _______________________________________________ 2. This tea doesn’t taste the same as the one I usually drink. (from) This tea _______________________________________________ 3. Money is not as important as health. (than) Health _________________________________________________ 4. His new guitar isn’t different from his old one. (as) His new guitar ___________________________________________ 5. Everest is higher than K2. (as) K2 ____________________________________________________ 6. Oil painting is not the same as pencil painting. (from) Oil painting _____________________________________________ 7. Yesterday’s exam wasn’t as short as today’s. (than) Today’s exam ___________________________________________ 8. Your idea is different from mine. (as) Your idea ______________________________________________ IX. Complete the sentences with too or either. 1. I don’t really like tomatoes. My brother doesn’t like them _____________. 2. My sister enjoys Korean movies, and she likes watching K-Pop _____________. 3. He didn’t say anything, and I didn’t _____________. 4. I don’t speak French and Sarah doesn’t speak French _____________. 5. Danny is really tired and I am tired _____________. 6. They don’t like Rock and Roll music, and we don’t like it _____________. 7. French is a difficult language to learn. Latin is a difficult language to learn _____________. 8. Helen’s got a lovely voice, and she’s a good dancer _____________. X. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition. 1. Karen Carpenter is famous __________ the song Top of the world. 2. This rock band is playing __________ the Central Club. 3. I love his painting __________ the old Ha Noi streets. 4. We can watch the concert live __________ TV. 5. I’m very interested __________ pop music.
44 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN BÀI TẬP
6. The puppets are made __________ wood and then painted. 7. My friend is very good __________ drawing things. 8. The water puppet show is __________ 57B DinhTien Hoang St., HoanKiem Dist.
C. SPEAKING I. Write questions for the underlined parts. 1. A: ____________________________________________________ B: I like pop music. 2. A: ____________________________________________________ B: My favourite song is Thriller. 3. A: ____________________________________________________ B: My mother’s favourite composer is Trinh Cong Son. 4. A: ____________________________________________________ B: Water puppetry began in the 11th century. 5. A: ____________________________________________________ B: Alex goes to the Art Club twice a week. 6. A: ____________________________________________________ B: I don’t like horror movies because I don’t like the feeling of being scared. 7. A: ____________________________________________________ B: She has painted for more than five years. 8. A: ____________________________________________________ B: Dong Ho paintings are made in Dong Ho Village. II. Put the dialogue into the correct order. ___ I enjoy Rock and R&B. ___ Perfect reason! Can you play any musical instrument? ___ Like what, for instance? _1_ What type of music do you like listening to? ___ I like the kinds of instruments that they use. ___ Why do you like that type of music? ___ I like listening to different kinds of music. ___ Thank you. That’s very kind of you. ___ Wow! You are so talented! ___ Yes, I can play electric guitar and drums.
D. READING I. Fill in each blank with a word from the box.
leaves
long
decoration
north
artists
layer
printed talk
Dong Ho Painting is a kind of Vietnamese (1) _____________ painting originating in Dong Ho Village, Bac Ninh Province. Dong Ho paintings have about 300 years of history in the (2) _____________ of Vietnam. Dong Ho pictures are (3) _____________ on a special kind of Dzo paper. The printing paper is made of bark of a tree called “Dzo”. Colours of the painting are refined from various kinds of tree (4) _____________, which people can easily find in Vietnam. Traditional (5) _____________ use all-natural colours for their pictures: burnt bamboo leaves for black, cajuput leaves for green, copper rust for blue, etc. The painting is covered by a (6) _____________ of sticky rice paste to protect the painting and their colours. They are so (7) _____________ lasting, so that it is very difficult to make them dimmer even time or daylight. Vietnamese people used to buy Dong Ho pictures for (8) _____________ during Tet. II. Read the text carefully then decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F). Many students listen to music while they are studying, and say that it helps them learn. Many parents and teachers say that music is just distracting, and that students are better studying in silence. Who is right? In a study, some scientists asked three groups of students to listen to a piece of music by Mozart or a relaxation tape for ten minutes, or just sit in silence for ten minutes. The students then did a ‘spatial reasoning’ test (a test about remembering shapes and imagining looking at objects from different directions), and the ones who had listened to the Mozart did better in the test. Taking part in musical activities and learning to play an instrument can improve verbal memory (the ability to remember words). The longer the training lasts, the better the improvement in the memory. So, there’s no excuse to give up the piano lessons! 1. Many students think it’s helpful to listen to music when studying. 2. Teachers say music helps students to better concentrate. 3. The students who had listened to Mozart did better in the spatial reasoning test. 4. Listening to Mozart music will not make you smarter. 5. Music training helps to improve memory.
E. WRITING I. Arrange the words to make sentences. 1. who/more/don’t/attentive/arts/students/than/study/those/who/are/. _______________________________________________________________________ 2. father/don’t/either/and/horror/watches/my/never/films/I/. _______________________________________________________________________ 3. you/think/as/classical/do/is/music/exciting/Rockand Roll/as/? _______________________________________________________________________ 4. performance/the/is/next/about/very/anxious/musician/the/.
46 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN BÀI TẬP
_______________________________________________________________________ 5. sister/interested/ is/ boring/find/I/drawing/my/in/ but/ it/. _______________________________________________________________________ 6. music/your/kind/what/favourite/is/of/? _______________________________________________________________________ II. Write the second sentences so that it has the same meaning to the first one. 1. Her phone is not the same as mine. → Her phone is _____________________________________________________________ 2. I think rock music is more popular than jazz. → I think jazz music isn’t _____________________________________________________ 3. Do you like seeing a water puppet show? → Are you ________________________________________________________________ 4. They perform the water puppet show in a pool. → The water puppet show _____________________________________________________ 5. The last time I spoke to David was at Christmas. → I haven’t ________________________________________________________________ 6. Nobody wanted to go, so they cancelled the school trip. → They cancelled ___________________________________________________________ 7. Jim doesn’t play the saxophone as well as his brother. → Jim’s brother plays ________________________________________________________ 8. What is your favourite kind of music? → What kind _______________________________________________________________
TEST FOR UNIT 4 I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others. 1. a. actor
b. painting
c. anthem
d. gallery
2. a. decide
b. exciting
c. exhibit
d. organise
3. a. educated
b. played
c. recycled
d. changed
4. a. cello
b. choose
c. kitchen
d. concert
5. a. sugar
b. closure
c. share
d. anxious
II. Choose the odd one out. 1. a. music
b. cello
c. guitar
d. drums
2. a. actor
b. artist
c. painting
d. singer
3. a. cello
b. violin
c. saxophone
d. guitar
4. a. jazz
b. pop
c. rock
d. anthem
5. a. The Spice Girls
b. Gangnam Style
c. The Beatles
d. ABBA
III. Choose the best answer a, b, c, or d to complete the sentence. 1. His Jacket is almost the same colour __________ mine. UNIT 4: MUSIC AND ARTS 47
a. with
b. as
c. to
d. for
2. Water puppetry began __________ the 11th century. a.in
b. on
c.at
d.from
3. The __________ is rather older now; however, his acting ability has never been better. a. composer
b. actress
c.artist
d. actor
4. Janna can’t play the piano, and Carol can’t play it __________. a. either
b. too
c.neither
d. as well
5. Juan and Patricia are not the same height Juan is __________ Patricia. a. as tall as
b. not as tall as
c. more tall than
d. not tall than
6. Saxophones are used mainly for __________ jazz music. a. composing
b. taking
c.playing
d. writing
7. I went to the 3D __________ last weekend. The paintings were excellent! a. movie theater
b. concert hall
c. opera house
d.art museum
8. __________ I’m not a fan of country music, I thoroughly enjoyed his lively performance. a. Although
b. Because
c.As
d. However
9. __________ does a water puppet show take place? ~ In a pool. a. What
b. When
c.How
d. Where
10. Which is the national anthem of Vietnam? a. Tieu Doan 307
b.Chien si Viet Nam c. TienQuanCa
d. Tienve Ha Noi
IV. Write the correct tense or form of the verbs in brackets. 1. My home town ________________ (change) a lot in the recent years. 2. Please, stop! You ________________(drive) so fast. 3. The paintings ________________(make) on Dzo paper with natural colours. 4. Yesterday I ________________(go) to the centre and ________________(see) an exhibition. 5. As soon as I ________________(finish) painting my room, I’ll paint the kitchen. 6. I ________________(be) to England three times so far. 7. The children ________________ (not be) at home last Sunday. 8. Do you think we ________________ (write) a test tomorrow? 9. Are you interested in ________________(do) community service? 10. Some teenage girls volunteered ________________ (work) at the local hospital. V. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets. 1. Avatar is probably the ______________film I’ve ever seen! (bad) 2. A dancer must throw her heart and soul into every ______________. (perform) 3. I think Men in Black 1 was as ______________as Men in Black 3. (excite) 4. Although John and Andrew look exactly alike, they act quite ______________. (different) 5. Dong Ho paintings are made with ______________colours. (nature) 6. His friends are all ______________ - they’re painters, musicians, and writers. (art) 7. He later became a famous jazz ______________playing saxophone. (music)
48 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN BÀI TẬP
8. The problems seemed so small and ______________. (important) VI. There is one mistake in each sentence. Underline and correct the mistake. 1. A lot of people are good artists and they are successfully in life. 2. Music promote creativity, social development, and personality. 3. The Mona Lisa is a portrait paint by the Italian artist Leonardo da Vinci. 4. Your violin is the same with the one I’ve just bought. 5. My mother doesn’t like rock music and I don’t too. 6. The weather of Hong Kong is different from that of Canada’s. 7. How long do you go to the movies? - Twice a month. 8. The weather today is not so hot as it is yesterday. VII. Match the questions with the answers. 1. What is your favourite kind of music?
a.Let’s go to the 3D Art Gallery.
2. What shall we do this weekend?
b.Comedy.
3. Who is your favourite actor?
c.No, I don’t.
4. Do you like country music?
d.Gangnam Style.
5. What kind of this show?
e.Pop music.
6. You love dancing, don’t you?
f.Jackie Chan.
7. Do you enjoy horror films?
g.Yes. I love singing too.
8. Which Korean performance do you like?
h.No, I like rock music.
VIII. Choose the word which best fits each gap. While art may not be vital to fulfill our basic needs, it does make life (1) ________. When you look at a painting or poster hang on your living room wall, you feel happy. The sculpture on the kitchen windowsill create a (2) ________ of joy. These varieties of art forms that we are surrounded by all come (3) ________to create the atmosphere that we want to live in. Just like art, music can make life extremely joyful and can have a huge effect (4) ________ our mood. If you have something hard or difficult to work on or are feeling tired, an energetic song will likely (5) ________you up and add some enthusiasm to the situation. Similarly when stress is high, many people find that relaxing to calming music is (6) ________ that eases the mind. 1. a. boring
b. beautiful
c. joyful
d. helpful
2. a. sense
b. feel
c. cause
d. way
3. a. away
b. along
c. down
d. together
4. a. on
b. in
c. at
d. of
5. a. take
b. wake
c. pick
d. bring
6. a. something
b. anything
c. everything
d. nothing
IX. Read the text carefully, then answer the questions. Modern graffiti began in big cities in the United States in the 1970s. One of the first ‘taggers’ was a teenager called Demetrius. He wrote his tag TAKI 183 on walls and in subway stations in New York. Other teenagers saw Demetrius’s tag and started writing their own tags on walls, buses and subway trains all over New York. UNIT 4: MUSIC AND ARTS 49
Then, some teenagers started writing their tags with aerosol paint. Their tags were bigger and more colourful. Aerosol paint graffiti became very popular in the 1970s and 1980s and appearedon trains, buses and walls around the world. In the 1990s and 2000s, a lot of graffiti artists started painting pictures. In some countries, writing or painting on walls is a crime and street artists can have problems with the police. In other countries, artists can draw and paint in certain places. For example, in Taiwan, there are ‘graffiti zones’ where artists can paint on walls. In São Paulo in Brazil, street artists can paint pictures on walls and houses. Their pictures are colourful and beautiful. Some tourists visit São Paulo just to see the street art! 1. Where did modern graffiti begin? ______________________________________________________ 2. What was Demetrius’s tag? ______________________________________________________ 3. What did young people write on New York walls? ______________________________________________________ 4. When did aerosol paint graffiti become popular? ______________________________________________________ 5. Is graffiti legal in every country in the world? ______________________________________________________ 6. Where can artists paint in graffiti zones? ______________________________________________________ X. Write the second sentence so that it has the same meaning to the first one. Use the word in brackets. 1. This show is the same as the show we saw last week. (different) → This show ______________________________________________ 2. She is the quickest runner at all. (quick) → No other runner __________________________________________ 3. She hasn’t made as many mistakes as last time. (fewer) → She ___________________________________________________ 4. The Eiffel Tower is as high as an 81-storey building. (same) → The Eiffel Tower _________________________________________ 5. Steven Spielberg directed Jurassic Park. (by) → Jurassic Park ____________________________________________ 6. This painting isn’t so expensive as my favourite painting. (than) → My favourite painting _____________________________________ 7. My English is better than my French. (as) → My French _____________________________________________ 8. John hasn’t done any housework for a month. (ago) → The last time John _______________________________________
50 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN BÀI TẬP
UNIT 5
VIETNAMESE FOOD AND DRINK
A. PHONETICS I. Look at the pictures and complete the words. Then put them in the correct column
1.
3.
o__e__e__t__
s__u__e
2.
f__ __
4.
r__ __
5.
s__ __s__g__
6.
w__t__ __
7.
c__ff__ __
8.
p__ __
9.
p__r__
10.
s__o__m
11.
s__l__
12.
b__t__l__
13.
f__r__
14.
h__r__e
15.
__r__n__e
16.
d__ __gh__er
/ɒ/
/ɔː/
________________________________ ________________________________ ________________________________
________________________________ ________________________________ ________________________________
II. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently. 1. a. tofu
b. opera
c. hot
d. bottle
2. a. taught
b. water
c. sandwich
d. author
3. a. apple
b. pancake
c. snack
d. salt
4. a. sauce
b. saw
c. bought
d. yoghurt
5. a. torch
b. pot
c. omelette
d. rock
B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. Match the food or spice with its definition. 1. omelette
a. a thick liquid eaten with food to add flavour
2. sausage
b. a food in the form of long, thin strips cooked in soup
3. pepper
c. a dish made by mixing eggs together and frying them
4. turmeric
d. a food consisting of a small roll of pastry filled with meat and vegetables, and fried
5. sauce
e. a small tube of skin filled with a mixture of meat, spices etc,
6. noodles
f. a soft white food made from soya beans
7. tofu
g. a yellow powder made from the root of an Asian plant
8. spring rolls
h. a grey or white powder used to give a spicy, hot taste to food
II. Complete each sentence with the word in part I. Use the picture as a cue.
1. Jane eats ___________ quite often because it is healthy.
2. Would you like bacon or ___________?
3. Add some ___________ to give the chicken a yellow colour.
4. To make an ___________ you must first beat the eggs.
5. Do you want to eat ___________ or rice?
6. Don’t put so much ___________ in the soup.
7. Heat the oil, then deep-fry the ___________.
8. I made some spaghetti ___________ for dinner. III. Underline the correct words. 1. She bought a loaf/ bowl/ bar of bread so we can make sandwiches. 2. We’ve already eaten a tube/ packet/ slice of biscuits! 3. Would you like a bowl/piece/glass of lemonade? 4. There is a piece/ carton/ kilo of milk in the fridge. 5. Could you cut me a smaller slice/ spoon/ bunch of ham? 6. You can have a loaf/ piece/ pot of cake after you’ve eaten your vegetables! 7. See round the grocer’s for a bottle/ tin/ tube of sardines. 8. She ate a glass/ slice/ bowl of noodles yesterday morning. 9. Anna always eats a slice/ bar/ loaf of chocolate on her way to school. 10. He got a can/ piece/ carton of Coke from the fridge because he was thirsty. IV. Complete the instructions to make a basic French omelette with the verbs in the box. server
beat
fold
heat
pour
place
(1) ___________ eggs, water, salt and pepper in small bowl until blended. (2) ___________butter in nonstick omelet pan. (3) ___________ in egg mixture. Mixture should set immediately at edges. When top surface of eggs is thickened and no visible liquid egg remains, (4) ___________ filling, such as shredded cheese, finely chopped ham on one side of the omelet. (5) ___________ omelet in half with turner. With a quick flip of the wrist, turn pan and invert omelet onto plate. (6) ___________ immediately. V. Write C for countableand U for uncountable. 1. beef
____
7. spinach
____
13. turmeric
____
2. apple
____
8. egg
____
14. pancake
____
3. bread
____
9. butter
____
15. vegetable
____
4. biscuit
____
10. lemonade
____
16. coffee
____
5. rice
____
11. sandwich
____
17. sugar
____
6. spring roll
____
12. ham
____
18. orange
____
VI. Fill in the blanks with a, an, some or any. 1. Have you got __________ potatoes? 2. I’d like __________bread, and __________piece of cheese, please. 3. For breakfast, I have __________ham sandwich and __________orange juice. 4. Here are __________ cereals, but there isn’t __________ milk. 5. Would you like __________ beer or would you prefer __________ bottle of Coke? 6. Is there __________ rice left? ~ I’m afraid there isn’t __________ rice left, but youcan have __________noodles instead.
7. There aren’t __________ bananas, but there is __________ apple and __________ grapes. 8. I want __________ jam and __________ butter for my toast. 9. Can I have __________ sausages and__________omelette with fries on the side, please? 10. My father always has __________biscuit and __________cup of tea at bedtime. VII. Complete the sentences with How much or How many. 1. _____________grams of sugar per day should we consume? 2. _____________bread do we need? 3. _____________coffee do you drink in a day? 4. _____________steaks do you want? 5. _____________meat do we need for the barbecue tonight? 6. _____________bottles of orange juice have you had today? 7. _____________hamburgers did he eat? 8. _____________cream would you like in your coffee? 9. _____________potatoes are there in the basket? 10. _____________rice can I put in the soup? VIII. Make questions with How much or How many. 1. cups of butter/ we/ need/ for this recipe _______________________________________________________________________ 2. milk/ you/ like/ in your tea _______________________________________________________________________ 3. grapes/ there/ in the fridge _______________________________________________________________________ 4. cakes/ she/ make/ for the party last night _______________________________________________________________________ 5. pork/ your mother/ want/ for the barbecue _______________________________________________________________________ 6. cat food/ you/ buy /at the supermarket/ yesterday _______________________________________________________________________ 7. exams/ they/ have/ so far _______________________________________________________________________ 8. tea/there/ in the teapot _______________________________________________________________________ IX. Read the dialogue and circle the correct words. Lucy: How about making (1) a/ an apple pie? Alan: Great idea! Have we got (2) some / any apples? Lucy: Yes, there are (3) some / any in the bowl. (4) How much / How many do we need? Alan: A lot, about a (5) kilo / litre. Lucy: We haven’t got enough. We can buy (6) some / any in the corner shop.
54 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN BÀI TẬP
Alan: And we need (7) some / any flour, too. Look at the recipe. (8) How much / manyflour do we need? Lucy: About half a pound. Alan: And (9) how much / how many eggs do we need? Sue:
Four. And we also need (10) some / any butter and (11) some / any sugar. Oh, we haven’t got (12) some / any butter.
Andy: We can buy (13) a / some bar of butter in the shop, too. X. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition. 1. Is there any milk _________ the fridge? 2. There was a lot of food left over _________ the party. 3. You can warm _________ the leftovers in the microwave. 4. Beat the eggs together _________ salt, pepper and cold water. 5. Serve the pancakes _________ some vegetables or fruits. 6. Pho is a special kind _________ Vietnamese soup. 7. Pour about ¼ cup of mixture _________ the pan at a time. 8. The broth for pho bo is made _________ stewing cow bones _________ a long time. 9. Simmer the sauce _________ a low heat. 10. Cut the meat _________ small pieces.
C. SPEAKING I. Complete the dialogues with the phrases or sentences in the box. A glass of orange Juice, please.
I Just have some cereal each morning
I prefer something sweet.
I love Pho.
Four cartons, please.
Four or five small meals.
Twice a month.
Yes, two slices, please.
1. A: What kind of Vietnamese food do you like? B: _____________________________________________________________________ 2. A: What would you like to drink? B: _____________________________________________________________________ 3. A: What is your favourite taste? B: _____________________________________________________________________ 4. A: How much milk do you need? B: _____________________________________________________________________ 5. A: How often do you drink milk tea? B: _____________________________________________________________________ 6. A: Would you like some cheese? B: _____________________________________________________________________ 7. A: What are you going to have for breakfast? B: _____________________________________________________________________ UNIT 5: VIETNAMESE FOOD AND DRINK55
8. A: How many meals do you usually eat every day? B: _____________________________________________________________________ II. Complete the dialogue with the appropriate phrases (A - F). A.Then add some yeast and a pinch of salt to the mixture. Mix with a whisk. B.My pleasure. Enjoy your pancakes! C.Just cook until golden then serve with some fruit or vegetables. D.Sure. All you need is some butter, 1/2 a litter of milk, 250 grams of flour and 4 eggs. E.Heat some butter in a frying pan and pour about 1/4 cup of the mixture into the pan at a time. F.First, beat 4 eggs together with flour and milk. Anna: Can you tell me how to make pancakes, please? Beck: (1) _________________________________________________ Anna: What do I have to do? Beck: (2) _________________________________________________ Anna: What do I do after that? Beck: (3) _________________________________________________ Anna: What’s next? Beck: (4) _________________________________________________ Anna: And then? Beck: (5) _________________________________________________ Anna: Oh... that sounds simple! Thanks a lot. Beck: (6) _________________________________________________
D. READING I. Fill in each blank with a word from the box. basic
stewing
pot
vary
most
even
broth
rice
Pho is one of the (1) ___________ popular Vietnamese dishes. What is pho? Pho is a Vietnamese noodle soup consisting of (2) ___________, rice noodles, herbs and meat. There are two (3) ___________ types of pho and that is Pho Bo (beef noodle soup) and Pho Ga (chicken noodle soup). Pho Bo is beef broth that is made by stewing cow bones in a large (4) ___________ for quite a long time. Pho Ga is very similar to Pho Bo. Instead of beef broth, chicken broth is made by (5) ___________ chicken bones. The noodle itself is made from varieties of (6) ___________. The ingredients and toppings may (7) ___________ a slight bit in the North and the South. Pho is normally eaten for breakfast, but many of people eat at lunch, or (8) __________ dinner.
56 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN BÀI TẬP
II. Read the text carefully then decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F). Once being a basic food of farmers and poor families in Vietnam, com tam or broken rice is now a favourite dish of most Vietnamese. It is said that the best broken rice can be found in Saigon. When you come to Saigon, you should try this dish at least one time and you will not regret it. Com tam literally means broken rice. Broken rice originally consisted of grains which were broken during the harvesting and cleaning of rice. In the past, as most people preferred to eat the long, whole grain rice, broken rice grains were difficult to sell and usually eaten by the Vietnamese working class because of the cheap price. Nowadays, often favored over long grain rice for its unique flavour and texture, broken rice is one of the best-loved fares in Vietnam. Local broken rice eateries can practically be found on every street in Saigon. A broken rice dish is served with many beautiful colours from grilled pork chop with multi-flavour to steamed egg, shredded pork skin, pickles, vegetables such as tomatoes, cucumbers ... and especially sweet fish sauce that is the spirit of the dish. 1. Today, com tamis only eaten by poor Vietnamese. 2. Com tamis made from broken rice grains. 3. In the past, most people didn’t eat broken rice grains because they were cheap. 4. It is difficult to find a place to eat com tam in Saigon. 5. The most important part of com tamis sweet fish sauce. 6. Com tamis now a favourite dish of Vietnamese people, especially Saigonese.
E. WRITING I. Arrange the words to make sentences. 1. kilos/how many/would/potatoes/of/like/you/? _______________________________________________________________________ 2. but/went/I/fish/ I/ fishing/ catch/didn’t/any/. _______________________________________________________________________ 3. 15/ cook/for/chicken/you/over/ the/low/minutes/heat/it/before/ serve/. _______________________________________________________________________ 4. broken/tell/you/can/how/me/to/rice/cook/? _______________________________________________________________________ 5. three/in/fridge/are/there/milk/the/cartons/of/. _______________________________________________________________________ 6. has/but/egg/bread/got/he/an/hasn’t/he/any/got/. _______________________________________________________________________ 7. electric cooker/how much/in/rice/left/the/is/? _______________________________________________________________________ 8. Vietnam/most/Pho/of/the/popular/is/one/dishes/in/. _______________________________________________________________________ II. Write the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first one. 1. I’ve never seen such a boring movie. UNIT 5: VIETNAMESE FOOD AND DRINK57
→ It is ______________________________________________________________ 2. There are a few eggs in the fridge. → There are not ______________________________________________________ 3. They have lived there for two years. → They started _______________________________________________________ 4. This is the first time I have drunk cocktail. → I have never _______________________________________________________ 5. This exercise is easier than the last one. → This exercise is not __________________________________________________ 6. I’m bored of playing computer games. → I find ____________________________________________________________ 7. The new building is as high as the old one. → The new building is the same __________________________________________ 8. She had no eggs, so she didn’t make an omelette. → She didn’t have _____________________________________________________
TEST FOR UNIT 5 I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others. 1. a. bread
b. beef
c. meat
d. tea
2. a. audience
b. sauce
c. sausage
d. taught
3. a. eggs
b. cups
c. cartons
d. noodles
4. a. soup
b. salt
c. sauce
d. sugar
5. a. fridge
b. rice
c. spinach
d. milk
II. Choose the odd one out. 1. a. juice
b. sandwich
c. lemonade
d. milk
2. a. sweet
b. sour
c. salty
d. sauce
3. a. egg
b. pork
c. beef
d. ham
4. a. cheese
b. salt
c. orange
d. bread
5. a. bowl
b. glass
c. plate
d. fork
III. Choose the best answer a, b, c, or d to complete the sentence. 1. Pho is always served _________ fresh herbs, bean sprouts, sliced-up chiles, and lime. a. for
b. with
c. in
d. on
2. This cake is made _________ fresh butter and eggs. a. in
b. of
c. by
d. from
3. You don’t need to take _________ food on the trip. a. a
b. some
c. any
d. the
4. We need a _________ of bread to make the sandwiches for everyone. a. carton
b. bar
58 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN BÀI TẬP
c. loaf
d. tube
5. There was some ham _________ from lunch. a. leave
b. leaving
c. to leave
d. left
6. My lemonade is a bit _________. Can you give me some sugar, please? a. sour
b. sweet
c. spicy
d. salty
7. Would you like _________ milk in your coffee? a. any
b. some
c. a
d. a few
8. How _________ cheese do we need to make a cheese cake? ~ About 250 grams. a. few
b. many
c. much
d. little
c. formulary
d. ingredient
9. Flour is the main _________ in cakes. a. recipe
b. dish
10. Alan: _________________ Huan: Pho, bun cha, bun bo, banh mi, com tam, etc. a.What Vietnamese food should I try? b.What’s your favourite drink? c.How do you cook Vietnamese food? d.How much food do you like? IV. Write the correct tense or form of the verbs in brackets. 1. My house is very dirty. I ______________ (clean) it tomorrow. 2. This coffee ______________ (taste) terrible, but the biscuits ______________ (be) great. 3. Pho ______________ (become) more and more popular in Saigon since 1954. 4. Last year we ______________ (go) on a school trip to Scotland. 5. At the moment Joana ______________ (learn) to cook some Vietnamese dishes. 6. I’m very sorry Dr. Jones ______________ (not be) back in the clinic until 2pm. 7. The chicken meat served with pho ga ______________ (cut) into thin slices. 8. My father ______________(eat) pho almost every morning at the restaurant nearby. 9. The broth is made by ______________ (stew) cow bones for a long time. 10. What is there ______________ (drink), Mike? V. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets. 1. The soup had a very ___________ taste. (salt) 2. She covered the cake with a ______________ of sugar and whites of eggs. (mix) 3. Most children enjoy eating ______________ chicken and French fries. (fry) 4. The pineapple was sweet and ______________. (juice) 5. Meats and fish are ______________ used in all Vietnamese cooking. (common) 6. The chicken meat is ______________ and cut into thin slices. (bone) 7. It took about 30 minutes of ______________ and 40 minutes of baking. (prepare) 8. The sauce itself was ______________ and slightly sweet. (fragrance) VI. There is one mistake in each sentence. Underline and correct the mistake. 1. How many orange juice have you had today? UNIT 5: VIETNAMESE FOOD AND DRINK59
2. Are there some eggs in the fridge? 3. Would you like a cheese with your pasta? 4. Salt is one of important ingredient for almost dishes. 5. Can you buy some breads on your way home? 6. What do you usually have in breakfast? 7. Vietnamese eat more instant noodles to Japanese. 8. How many glass of water should you drink per day? VII. Match the questions with the answers. 1. Are you ready to order?
a.Beer, orange juice and mineral water.
2. How much flour do we need?
b.Very good.
3. What is there to drink?
c.Two or three.
4. What Vietnamese food can you cook?
d.No, thanks. I’m full.
5. How many slices of ham do you want?
e.Yes. I’d like chicken with rice, please.
6. How does this garlic soup taste?
f.Just a bottle of mineral water, please.
7. Would you like another bowl of rice?
g.Bun bo and mien ga.
8. Do you want something to drink?
h. 250 grams.
VIII. Choose the word which best fits each gap. Pho might be Vietnam’s (1) _______ famous dish, butbun cha is the top choice when it comes to lunchtime in Hanoi. It doesn’t matter if you eat bun cha in a restaurant or a small cart on the street, you will be (2) _______ by a plate of vermicelli (bun), a bowl of broth with grilled pork and a (3) _______ of fresh herbs. The vermicelli and fresh herbs are pretty common in a Vietnamese restaurant. The broth and the pork are the ones that make this dish (4) _______. Bun cha sets often come with the delicious nemcua be– friedcrab spring (5) _______. Still not convinced? It’s what Obama ate during his night (6) _______ with Bourdain. 1. a. most
b. the most
c. best
d. the best
2. a. cooked
b. made
c. served
d. tried
3. a. bottle
b. pot
c. bar
d. basket
4. a. simple
b. comfort
c. specially
d. unique
5. a. pieces
b. rolls
c. halves
d. slices
6. a. out
b. in
c. towards
d. along
IX. Read the text carefully then choose the correct answers. Vietnamese food culture varies by regions from the north to the south. In Northern Vietnam, food is characterized by light and balanced. Northern Vietnam is seen to be the cradle of Vietnamese cuisine with many notable dishes like Pho, Bun Rieu, Bun Thang, Bun Cha, BanhCuon, etc. Then, food culture in Northern Vietnam became popular in Central and Southern Vietnam with suitable flavors in each regions. The regional cuisine of Central Vietnam is famous for its spicy food. Hue cuisine is typical Central Vietnam’s food culture. Food in the region is often used with chili peppers and shrimp sauces, namely, Bun Bo Hue, BanhKhoai, BanhBeo, etc. In Southern Vietnam, the warm weather and fertile soil create an ideal condition for planting a variety of fruit, vegetables and livestock. Thus, food in the region is often added with garlic,
60 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN BÀI TẬP
shallots and fresh herbs. Particularly, Southerners are favored of sugar; they add sugar in almost dishes. Some signature dishes from Southern Vietnam include BanhKhot and Bun Mam. 1. It is considered that Vietnamese cuisine __________. a.originated from the North b.became more and more popular c.always combines taste and colour d.can be found only in Northern Vietnam 2. What are the features of Northern Vietnamese food? a. It’s delicious and healthy.
b. It’s sweet and sour.
c.It’s light and balanced.
d. It’s a bit fatty and salty.
3. Hue cuisine is notable for its __________. a. colorful food
b. spicy taste
c. bitter taste
d. light flavor
4. In Southern Vietnam, __________. a.the warm weather makes it hard to plant fruit and vegetables b.fresh herbs are always used in cooking c.people love sweet food d.sugar is often added to dishes 5. Which of the followings is NOT true? a.Food in Vietnam changes region to region. b.Southerners do not like northern food due to its light flavor. c.Chill peppers and shrimp sauces are among the frequently used ingredients. d.Bun Bo Hue is a typical dish of the Central Vietnam cuisine. X. Make questions for the underlined parts. 1. She needs twelve eggs to make two cakes. _______________________________________________________________________ 2. They drank a lot of wine at the party last night. _______________________________________________________________________ 3. I often drink coffee in the morning. _______________________________________________________________________ 4. Beef noodle soup is my favourite food. _______________________________________________________________________ 5. My lemonade tastes a bit sour. _______________________________________________________________________ 6. No, there isn’t any milk in the fridge. _______________________________________________________________________ 7. No, thanks. I love cookies, but I’m full. _______________________________________________________________________ 8. The beef broth is made by stewing cow bones. _______________________________________________________________________ UNIT 5: VIETNAMESE FOOD AND DRINK61
THE FIRST UNIVERSITY IN VIET NAM
UNIT 6 A. PHONETICS
I. Put the words into the correct column according to the underlined part. joke
chicken
watch
college
cheap
cello
question
juice
july
sandwich
giraffe
garage
engine
exhaustion
gymnastic
natural
enjoy
furniture
language
statue /dʒ/
/tʃ/
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________ ________________________________
________________________________ ________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
II. Underline the words with the sound /tʃ/. Circle the words with the sound /dʒ/. 1. My teacher told a joke about his natural village. 2. Soldiers are marching on the streets. 3. Enjoy your lunch! 4. There’s some orange juice in the fridge. 5. I have a sandwich, a chocolate bar and some jam. Which one do you choose?
B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. Write the name in English of some historic places in Vietnam.
1.
Van Mieu
_______________________
2.
Chua Huong
_______________________
3.
Chua Mot Cot
_______________________
4.
Den Hung
_______________________
5.
Hoang Thanh Hue
6.
Khue Van Cac
_______________________
II. Fill in each blank with a suitable word. 1. The Imperial _______________ was built by Emperor Ly Nhan Tong. 2. The _______________ of Literature was founded in 1070. 3. QuocTuGiam, the first _______________ of Vietnam, was established in 1076. 4. The 82 Doctors’ stone _______________ were recognised by UNESCO in 2010. 5. In 2003, four _______________ of Ly Thanh Tong, Ly Nhan Tong, Le Thanh Tong and Chu Van An were built. 6. In the centre of the third courtyard is the ThienQuang _______________. 7. The teachers of the Imperial Academy were very famous _______________. 8. Tourists can see many beautiful Cham _______________ in BinhDinh Province. III. Complete the passage using the past participle of the verbs in the box. destroy
build (2)
locate
name
surround
consider
rename
XuanHuong Lake is (1) ______________ in the center of Dalat City. It is (2) _____________ the most charming lake of the foggy land. In 1919 and 1923, two dams were (3) ______________ on a branch of Cam Ly River to create two small lakes. Unfortunately, during a severe storm in 1932, both dams were (4) ____________. Between 1934 and 1935, a larger dam was (5) ______________ of boulders below the sites of the two previous dams to create one large lake. At first, the dam was (6) ______________ Grand Lac (large lake) by the French, but in 1953 it was (7) ______________XuanHuong Lake to dedicate to XuanHuong, a famous Vietnamese poetess in the 19th century. The lake is fully (8) ______________ by pine forests, meadows and flower gardens. IV. Use the prompts to write sentences, putting the verbs in the present simple passive. 1. Cheese/ make/ from milk. ______________________________________________________ 2. The Temple/ visit/ thousands of people/ every year. ______________________________________________________ 3. Toyota cars/ produce/ Toyota Motor Corporation. ______________________________________________________ 4. German/ also/ speak/ at EU meetings. ______________________________________________________ 5. Most newspapers/ print/ on recycled paper. ______________________________________________________
6. The Imperial Academy/ consider/ the first university in Viet Nam. ______________________________________________________ 7. Three millilitres of water/ add/ to the mixture. ______________________________________________________ 8. The letters/ deliver/ the postman/ at 8 o’clock. ______________________________________________________ V. Complete the sentences using the past simple passive form of the verbs in brackets. 1. The Temple of Literature _________________ (construct) in 1070 under Ly ThanhTong’s dynasty. 2. The statues _________________ (build) by the Ha Noi People’s Committee in 2003. 3. The Doctors’ stone tablets _________________ (recognise) by UNESCO in 2010. 4. The construction of TuDuc Tomb _________________ (complete) in 1876. 5. The students of the Imperial Academy _________________ (select) from regional examinations. 6. Originally, the Po Nagar tower _________________ (make) of wood in order to worship Goddess Po Nagar. 7. Between 1442 and 1779, eighty-one exams _________________ (hold) by the Le dynasty. 8. Chu Van An _________________ (bear) in Van Thon village, Thanh Dam district. VI. Complete the sentences with the passive form of the verbs In the box. locate
erect
celebrate
recognise
build
write
surround
display
regard
reconstruct
1. Lunar New Year ________________ in January or February. 2. The TajMahal ________________ in the 17th century. 3. The Independence Palace ________________ on Nam KyKhoiNghia Street. 4. The novel Oliver Twist ________________ by Charles Dickens. 5. In 2000, Ha Long Bay ________________ by UNESCO as a World Heritage Site. 6. Many precious relics ________________ in the Temple of Literature. 7. The first Doctors’ Stone Tablets ________________ in 1484. 8. Many old buildings in the Temple of Literature ________________ in 1999. 9. Van Mieu ________________ by three main roads of Hanoi. 10. The three Ivory Cham Towers ________________ as one of the best Cham tower complexes in Vietnam. VII. Rewrite the sentences in passive voice. 1. People use the Internet all over the world. ______________________________________________________ 2. Did the police find the missing girl? ______________________________________________________
64 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN BÀI TẬP
3. Large numbers of tourists visit these tourist attractions annually. ______________________________________________________ 4. They built Po Nagar Cham Towers to honour the goddess Po Nagar. ______________________________________________________ 5. Tourists don’t visit this museum very often. ______________________________________________________ 6. She bought all this cheese in France. ______________________________________________________ 7. They didn’t invite me to their New Year party. ______________________________________________________ 8. Do they sell mineral water in plastic bottles? ______________________________________________________ 9. People consider the Imperial Academy the first university in Vietnam. ______________________________________________________ 10. When did UNESCO recognise Ha Long Bay as a World Heritage Site? ______________________________________________________ VIII. Choose the bestanswer a, b, c, or d to complete each sentence. 1. British author George Orwell ___________ the novel Animal Farm. a. writes
b. wrote
c. is written
d. was written
2. My passport ___________ last year while I was on vacation. a. stole
b. has stolen
c. was steal
d. was stolen
3. Breakfast ___________ in this hotel until 7a.m. a. served
b. didn’t serve
c. isn’t served
d. isn’t serving
4. Most email accounts at my company ___________ by virus two days ago. a. affected
b. were affected
c. was affected
d. are affected
5. Someone ___________ this mirror last night. a. breaks
b. is broken
c. broke
d. was broken
6. Look at this beautiful lace! Where ___________? a. was it made
b. does it make
c. did it make
d. is it made
7. The school ___________ two examinations every year. a. holds
b. held
c. is held
d. was held
8. The Temple of Literature ___________ in 1070 by Emperor LyThanh Tong. a. found
b. has founded
c. was found
d. was founded
9. The committee ___________ a public transportation proposal. a. consider
b. is considering
c. considered
d. was considered
10. Everybody ___________ by the terrible news yesterday. a. shocked
b. has shocked
c. was shocked
d. were shocked
UNIT 6: THE FIRST UNIVERSITY IN VIET NAM65
IX. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition. 1. We are preparing ___________ a trip to the Temple of Literature. 2. She’s very keen to learn ___________ Japanese culture. 3. The Temple of Literature was built ___________ Ly Thanh Tong’s dynasty. 4. What do you plan to take ___________ you on the trip? 5. The Imperial Academy was regarded ___________ the first university in Vietnam. 6. The Po Nagar Tower Complex consisted ___________ six towers. 7. The One Pillar Pagoda was built ___________ the year 1049. 8. The 82 Doctors’ stone tablets were recognised ___________ UNESCO. 9. Thong Nhat Palace is located ___________ 106 Nguyen Du Street, District 1. 10. Khue Van Pavilion is the symbol ___________ Hanoi.
C. SPEAKING I. Make questions for the underlined parts. Mai:
(1) _________________________________________________
Huan: Yes, I’ve been to the Temple of Literature twice. Mai:
(2) _________________________________________________
Huan: I last went to the Temple of Literature in 2017. Mai:
(3) _________________________________________________
Huan: The Temple of Literature is located on Van Mieu Street. Mai:
(4) _________________________________________________
Huan: The Temple was founded by Emperor LvThanh Tong. Mai:
(5) _________________________________________________
Huan: No, not in 1076. It was built in 1070. Mai:
(6) _________________________________________________
Huan: The Imperial Academy was established in 1076. Mai:
(7) _________________________________________________
Huan: Chu Van An was the first principal of the Imperial Academy. Mai:
(8) _________________________________________________
Huan: There are 82 Doctors’ Stone Tablets in the Temple of Literature. II. Put the dialogue into the correct order. ___ I’m going to the Temple of Literature and the Imperial Academy first. ___ The mausoleum might be closed for maintenance sometimes so check before you go. ___ It sounds very interesting! Have a good trip. _1_ Hi, you look quite busy. What are you doing? ___ Ok, I will. In the evening, I’ll walk round HoanKiem Lake and enjoy Trang Ten ice cream. ___ Wow! What is your plan? ___ I’m making a plan for my trip to Hanoi. ___ Then I’m going to visit Ho Chi Minh Mausoleum and Ba Dinh Square.
66 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN BÀI TẬP
___ Oh, I see. It’s a famous historic and cultural place in Hanoi. ___ Yes, sure. Thank you.
D. READING I. Fill in each blank with a word from the box. destroyed
temples
statues
worship
as
located
about
until
(1) ___________ in the mountainous border DuyXuyenDistrict of Quang Nam Province, My Son Sanctuary is Viet Nam’s most important site of the ancient kingdom of Champa. My Son is a complex of Hindu (2) ___________ that were constructed by the Champakingdom, which ruled the Central and Southern part of Vietnam, from the 3rd century (3) ___________ 1832. The first temples of My Son were constructed with wood during the 4thcentury. After they were (4) ___________ by fire, the kings of the Champa kingdom decided to build the next structures with red bricks. The Cham people used the temples as a (5) ___________ place, and also buried some of their kings there. Although the majority of the ruins were destroyed, and some (6) ___________ of the gods are missing, there are still some impressive ancient decorations that survived the bombing: snakes, elephants, scenes of battles, and priests. Recognized (7) ___________ a Cultural Heritage site by UNESCO in 1999, My Son is anattractive destination for tourists to visit and learn (8) ___________ the culture, history, and architecture of Champa Ancient Kingdom. II. Read the text carefully, then do the tasks. The Temple of Literature (Van Mieu) was constructed in 1070 under the reign of King LyThanh Tong. The temple was originally dedicated to Confucius as well as other scholars and sages. Six year later, the Imperial Academy (QuocTuGiam), Vietnam’s first university, was founded by King Ly Nhan Tong on the grounds of the temple. Initially, the Imperial Academy was the school for princes and sons from royal families and then expanded to admit brilliant students from all over the country. In 1484 Emperor Le Thanh Tong ordered the erection of the first stone tablets that were carved with the names, places of birth and achievements of doctors. The university operated for more than 700 years, from 1076 to 1779. Nowadays, the Temple of Literature – Imperial Academy (Van Mieu - QuocTuGiam) is one of the most famous historic and cultural heritages of Vietnam. And the Doctors’ stone tablets were recognised by UNESCO as World Documentary Heritage in 2010. *
Decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F).
1. The Temple of Literature was built to honour Confucius. 2. The Imperial Academy was founded in 1070. 3. The Imperial Academy was established within the Temple of Literature. 4. The Imperial Academy was originally established to educate students from all over the country. 5. The first Doctors’ stone tablets were erected under the Le Dynasty. 6. The Temple of Literature was recognised by UNESCO as World Heritage.
UNIT 6: THE FIRST UNIVERSITY IN VIET NAM67
*
Answer the questions.
7. When was the Imperial Academy founded? ______________________________________________________ 8. How long did the Imperial Academy operate as a university? ______________________________________________________
E. WRITING I. Write sentences from the cues given. 1. The Temple of Literature/ build/ the year 1070. _______________________________________________________________________ 2. There/ four tall pillars/ front/ the Temple of Literature. _______________________________________________________________________ 3. The Doctors’ stone tablets/ erect/1484/ Emperor Le Thanh Tong. _______________________________________________________________________ 4. The Imperial Academy/ consider/ the first university/ Vietnam. _______________________________________________________________________ 5. ThienQuang Well/ locate/ the middle/ the third courtyard. _______________________________________________________________________ 6. 2010/ the 82 Doctor’s stone tablets/ recognize/ UNESCO/ a Memory of the World. _______________________________________________________________________ 7. Chu Van An/ regard/ one of the most famous teacher/ the Imperial Academy _______________________________________________________________________ 8. Lots of souvenirs/ sell/ inside the Temple of Literature. _______________________________________________________________________ II. Write the second sentence so that it has the same meaning to the first one. 1. Thousands of people visit the Temple of Literature every day. → The Temple of Literature ____________________________________________________ 2. In 1484, King Le Thanh Tong ordered the construction of 116 stelaes. → The construction __________________________________________________________ 3. You should take warm clothes because it’s very cold in Sa Pa. → You had_________________________________________________________________ 4. Do you want to visit Ho Chi Minh Mausoleum first? → Would you ______________________________________________________________ 5. It’s not necessary to book a hotel In advance. → You don’t _______________________________________________________________ 6. It’s a good idea to rent a bike or motorbike to travel around the city. → You ____________________________________________________________________ 7. Let’s pay a visit to Huong Pagoda.
68 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN BÀI TẬP
→ Why don’t _______________________________________________________________ 8. Khue Van Pavilion was chosen as the official symbol for Vietnam’s capital Hanoi. → They ___________________________________________________________________
TEST FOR UNIT 6 I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others. 1. a. pagoda
b.blanket
c. academy
d. tablet
2. a. children
b.scholar
c. teacher
d. lunch
3. a. question
b.nation
c. education
d.recognition
4. a. visited
b.founded
c. decided
d. developed
5. a. heritage
b.historic
c. recognise
d. literature
II. Complete the sentence with a suitable word. 1. The Temple of Literature was _____________ in 1070. 2. Thong Nhat _____________ is a landmark in Ho Chi Minh City. 3. Ha Long Bay was recognised by UNESCO as a World _____________ Site. 3. Khue Van Pavilion was chosen as the _____________ of Hanoi. 4. The Imperial Academy was regarded as the _____________ university in Viet Nam. 5. The One Pillar _____________ was built in 1049. 7. Chu Van An was _____________ in 1292 in Van Thon Village. 8. Tran Quoc Pagoda is _____________ at the southeastern shore of West Lake. III. Choose the best answer a, b, c, or d to complete the sentence. 1. Oxford University is regarded ________ the oldest university in the UK. a. as
b.in
c.at
d. by
2. Tickets are a bit harder to buy right on the pot, so you’d better book________ advance. a. for
b.with
c.of
d. in
3. The stone stelae were ________ with the names and places of birth of 1307 graduates. a. written
b.learned
c.carved
d.selected
4. Chu Van An was one of the most famous ________at the Imperial Academy. a. founders
b.statues
c.teachers
d.doctors
5. The students of the Imperial Academy ________ by very famous scholars. a. are studied
b. were taught
c. have learned
d. was educated
6. We ________ leave now or we’ll miss the bus. a. can
b.shall
c. had better
d. shouldn’t
7. He bought a picture of the Temple of Literature as a ________ of his trip to Hanoi. a. souvenir
b.landmark
c. symbol
d. tablet
8. ________ was the University of Cambridge formed? - In 1209. a. What
b.Where
c. How
d. When
9. Huong Pagoda is a great ________ spot in Hanoi. UNIT 6: THE FIRST UNIVERSITY IN VIET NAM69
a. see-sight
b. sight-see
c. seeing-sight
d. sight-seeing
10. ‘________ to Hanoi?’‘Yes, I went there last year.’ a. Were you ever
b. Have you ever been
c. Did you ever go
d. Were you ever gone
IV. Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets. 1. Glastonbury festival _______________ (organise) every year in the village of Pilton, England. 2. In 1076, King Ly Nhan Tong _______________ (build) the Imperial Academy as the first university of Vietnam. 3. The first temples of My Son Sanctuary _______________ (make) of wood in the 4th century. 4. An altar to Chu Van An _______________ (set) up in the Temple of Literature. 5. We _______________ (not do) any practice tests yet so I’m not sure what they’re like. 6. Wait a minute, he _______________(speak) to someone on his mobile. 7. Many different languages _______________ (speak) in Canada. 8. The Imperial City of Hue can _______________ (divide) into two main parts. 9. You’d better _______________ (rent) a bike if you want to travel around. 10. I don’t want to go to Huong Pagoda. How about _______________ (visit) Ho Chi MinhMausoleum? V. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets. 1. One Pillar Pagoda is a major tourist _______________ in Hanoi. (attract) 2. Imperial citadel of Thang Long is a _______________ complex built during the Ly Dynasty. (culture) 3. King Ly Nhan Tong was the _______________ of the Imperial Academy. (found) 4. In 1484, King Le Thanh Tong odered the _______________ of the first Doctors’ stone tablets. (erect) 5. The Imperial Academy was opened to educate _______________ students from all over the country. (talent) 6. The circle and square of the pavilion _______________ the heaven and the earth. (symbol) 7. The 82 Doctors’ stone tablets have recently received _______________ as a National Treasure. (recognise) 8. Tourists like to visit _______________ monuments such as Ho Chi Minh Mausoleum and the Temple of Literature. (history) VI. There is one mistake in each sentence. Underline and correct the mistake. 1. Khue Van Pavilion is regarded by the symbol of Ha Noi. 2. Today, the Temple was considered one of the most popular tourist attractions. 3. I haven’t ever been to Hanoi before. 4. The students were not interested in history because it was bored. 5. Tourists should add the Temple of Literature to their visit list in Hanoi. 6. You’d better to take your raincoat because it’s going to rain. 7. The Doctors’ stone tablets was first erected by King Le Thanh Tong.
70 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN BÀI TẬP
8. The Imperial City of Hue was finally complete under the reign of King Minh Mang. VII. Match the questions with the answers. 1. Where would you like to go on your vacation?
a. To the south of the Imperial Citadel of Thang Long.
2. What should I bring for the trip to Sa Pa?
b. In 2010.
3. Where is the Temple of Literature located?
c. PhuQuoc Island.
4. When was the Doctors’ recognised by UNESCO?
d. You’d better take warm clothes.
Stone
tablets
5. What is the Imperial Academy?
e. Emperor Ly Nhan Tong.
6. Where is Khue Van Pavilion?
f. It’s the first university in Vietnam.
7. Who established the Imperial Academy?
g. For three years.
8. How long did the students of the Imperial Academy study?
h. It’s in the second courtyard.
VIII. Choose the word which best fits each gap. The Temple of Literature was (1) ___________ in 1070 under Ly Thanh Tong’s dynasty. The temple is divided into five courtyards. The first courtyard stretches (2) ___________ the main gate to Dai Trung gate. The second stands out with Khue Van Cac Pavilion. The third courtyard is (3)___________ doctor names were listed on stone tablets above tortoise backs. There are a total of 82 tombstones, with names and places of birth of 1307 doctors. The fourth courtyard is dedicated to Confucius and his 72 honoured students, as (4) ___________ as Chu Van An – a famous teacher known for his devotion to teaching. The last and also furthest courtyard is Thai Hoc house, which used to be the Imperial Academy (QuocTuGiam) – the first (5) ___________ of Vietnam. Thai Hoc house holds a small (6) ___________ of old time costumes for students and mandarins. 1. a. constructed
b. build
c. erected
d. considered
2. a. since
b. from
c. to
d. in
3. a. when
b. who
c. what
d. where
4. a. long
b. good
c. well
d. far
5. a. university
b. temple
c. house
d. academy
6. a. collect
b. colleting
c. collection
d. collective
IX. Read the text carefully, then answer the questions. Chu Van An was born in 1292 in Van Thon village, QuangLiet commune, present day ThanhTri district, Hanoi. In the early life, he was famous as a straightforward man who passed the doctoral examination but refused to become a mandarin. Instead, he opened a school and began his career as a Confucian teacher in Huynh Cung village in Thanh Tri. Under the reign of Tran Minh Tong, Chu Van An became a teacher at the Imperial Academy where he was responsible for teaching the crown prince Vuong, the future emperor Tran Hien Tong. Later, he resigned and returned to his home-village because Tran Du Tong refused his request of beheading eight corrupted mandarins. For the rest of his life, Chu Van An continued his teaching career and wrote books. He died of illness in 1370. After his death, an altar was set up in his honour in the Temple of Literature. UNIT 6: THE FIRST UNIVERSITY IN VIET NAM71
1. When was Chu Van An born? _______________________________________________________________________ 2. What was he like? _______________________________________________________________________ 3. What did he do in his early life? _______________________________________________________________________ 4. Who did Chu Van An teach when he was a teacher at the Imperial Academy? _______________________________________________________________________ 5. Why did he resign? _______________________________________________________________________ 6. How old was he when he died? _______________________________________________________________________ 7. Where was an altar to Chu Van An erected? _______________________________________________________________________ X. Change the sentences into the passive or active voice. 1. The Temple of Literature is regarded as the first university in Vietnam. → _______________________________________________________________________ 2. His father bought a picture of the One Pillar Pagoda last year. → _______________________________________________________________________ 3. Thousands of people visit the Hung Kings’ Temple every day. → _______________________________________________________________________ 4. By whom was the Imperial Academy built? → _______________________________________________________________________ 5. People can see Khue Van Pavilion symbol on street signs in Hanoi. → _______________________________________________________________________ 6. Vietnamese people use Khue Van pavilion as a symbol of Hanoi. → _______________________________________________________________________ 7. What surrounds the Temple of Literature? → _______________________________________________________________________ 8. In 1994, Ha Long Bay was recognised by UNESCO as a World Heritage Site. → _______________________________________________________________________
72 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN BÀI TẬP
TEST YOURSELF 2 I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others. 1. a. food
b. cook
c. soup
d. noodle
2. a. spicy
b. fry
c. shy
d. try
3. a. salt
b. tablet
c. ham
d. pancake
4. a. musician
b. sugar
c. ocean
d. television
5. a. scholar
b. architect
c. machine
d. choir
II. Choose the odd one out. 1. a. temple
b. pagoda
c. cathedral
d. tourist
2. a. lemonade
b. tea
c. noodle
d. juice
3. a. perform
b. exhibition
c. concert
d. show
4. a. painter
b. musician
c. bitter
d. actor
5. a. located
b. built
c. recognised
d. constructed
III. Fill in each blank with a suitable word. 1. The _____________ of Literature in Hanoi has a long and interesting history. 2. Water puppetry is a traditional _____________ form. 3. _____________ is my favourite drink. It’s made from lemons, sugar, and water. 4. She won the Oscar for Best _____________ in “Three Billboards outside Ebbing, Missouri”. 5. What’s your favourite Vietnamese _____________? ~ I love MiQuang and Bun Bo. 6. Chu Van An is considered one of the most famous _____________ at the Imperial Academy. IV. Choose the best answer a, b, c, or d to complete the sentence. 1. Thousands of Vietnamese scholars graduated _________ the Imperial Academy. a. from
c. in
c. for
d. under
2. The broth for pho ga is made _________ stewing chicken bones. a. of
b. with
c. by
d. from
3. I haven’t got_________ bread left. Would you like _________ noodles instead? a. any – any
b. some – some
c. no – some
d. any – some
4. My sister hates rock music, and she hates rap _________. a. either
b. also
c. neither
d. too
5. How much _________ should I use to make the cake? a. pineapple
b. flour
c. egg
d. carton of milk
6. The first Doctors’ Stone Tablets were _________ in 1484. a. erected
b. selected
c. regarded
d.located
7. Jazz _________ in the US and is now popular throughout the world. a. originates
b. originated
c. was originated
d. is originated
8. From his childhood, Chu Van An was _________ for his intelligence. a. interested
b. successful
c. talented
d. famous
TEST YOURSELF 2 73
9. _________ was the Temple of Literature founded? ~ Emperor Ly Thanh Tong. a. When
b. Where
c.Who
d. By whom
10. ‘_________’ ‘There is some milk and orange juice in the fridge.’ a. What is there for lunch?
b. What is there to drink?
c. Is there anything to eat?
d. What do you drink?
V. Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets. 1. Water puppetry ______________ (begin) in the 11th century. 2. Harry Potter and the Goblet of Fire ______________(write) by J K Rowling 3. I think she ______________ (not agree) with this idea. 4. When she was young she ______________(go) swimming very often. 5. We ______________(not work) at the moment. Please call back later. 6. During the wars, both the gate and the bell tower ______________(destroy). 7. They ______________ (work) at this company since 2008. 8. In the UK, alcohol ______________(not sell) to anyone under 18. It’s against the law. 9. Would you like ______________(go) to Huong Pagoda with me? 10. Many young people enjoy ______________ (watch) Korean dramas. VI. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets. 1. Van Cao was a famous Vietnamese ______________. (compose) 2. The ______________of TuDuc Tomb was completed in 1876. (construct) 3. The children enjoyed the water puppet ______________. (perform) 4. The chicken meat served with pho ga is ______________and cut into thin slices. (bone) 5. The students were ______________prepared for the national exams. (care) 6. He is so clever and well ______________. (educate) 7. Dong Ho ______________are made in Dong Ho village. (paint) 8. The ______________of pho spread southwards in the 1950’s. (popular) VII. Each sentence has a mistake. Find and correct it. 1. Jason hasn’t telephoned me since two weeks. 2. How many water do you drink every day? 3. At the age of seven, Picasso received artistic training by his father. 4. My mother doesn’t enjoy country music, and I don’t like it too. 5. The One Pillar Pagoda built in 1049. 6. Your idea is quite different as mine. 7. The puppets are maked of wood and then painted. 8. She would like to make an apple pie, but there isn’t any apples left!
74 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN BÀI TẬP
VIII. Match the questions with the answers. 1. How many tomatoes do you need for the
a.Milk coffee, please.
sauce? 2. What would you like to drink?
b.In 1994.
3. How old was Chu Van An when he died?
c.My Heart Will Go On.
4. When was Ha Long Bay recognised as a
d.Two bottles.
World Heritage Site? 5. Which song is sung in the film Titanic?
e.Céline Dion.
6. Who is the best-selling Canadian artist of all
f.About a kilo.
time? 7. How does the soup taste?
g.Seventy eight.
8. How much juice do you have?
h.Very delicious
IX. Choose the word which best fits each gap. The first Glastonbury Festival took place In 1970 and was (1) _______ by Michael Eavis, who still runs the festival now (2) _______ his farm in Somerset in the south-west of England. Michael charged people just £1 to enter, and the ticket included free milk from the farm. Only 1,500 people attended on that occasion, (3) _______ this number has grown exponentially since then. In 2011, there were approximately 100 times (4) _______ people in the crowd and tickets, which cost £195 each, (5) _______ out within 4 hours. The festival takes place almost every year in the last weekend of June and lasts for three days. Although it is best known for contemporary music, Glastonbury is host to other (6) _______ arts such as dance, comedy and theatre. 1. a. organise
b. organising
c. organised
d. organization
2. a. on
b. in
c. at
d. from
3. a. so
b. but
c. or
d. while
4. a. many
b. much
c. more
d. most
5. a. took
b. sold
c. bought
d. worked
6. a. performing
b. creative
c. decorative
d. academic
X. Read the text carefully, then decide whether the following statements are true (T) orfalse (F). Famously being one of Vietnam’sseven UNESCO World Heritage Sites, the ImperialCity of Hue has long been a must-see attraction for tourists. The Imperial City of Hue was actually a walled fortress and palace belonged to the ancient city of Hue which was a capital city of the Nguyen Dynasty – Vietnam’s last royal dynasty for 140 years. The grandeur architecture was planned to be built in 1803 by Emperor Gia Long. During 27 years from 1805 to 1832, the Imperial City of Hue was finally completed under the reign of the Emperor Minh Mang, making it the most massive structure being built in the history of modern Vietnam. There are total of ten main majestic gates leading to the Imperial City of Hue, which can be divided into two main parts: The Citadel and The Forbidden City. The complex of the Emperor’s residence, gates, temples, and pagodas was severely damaged during the Vietnam War, and only 20 out of 148 buildings survived. TEST YOURSELF 2 75
1. Hue used to be the capital of Vietnam. 2. The Imperial City of Hue was built in 1803 by Emperor Gia Long. 3. It took 27 years to complete the construction of the Imperial City of Hue. 4. The Imperial City of Hue includes two main parts: The Citadel and the Forbidden City., 5. Many relics in Hue Imperial City were badly damaged due to natural disasters. 6. The Imperial City of Hue was made a UNESCO World Heritage Site. XI. Write the second sentence so that it has the same meaning to the first one. 1. Be calm or you’ll make a wrong decision. → If _____________________________________________________________________ 2. A great poet wrote these wonderful poems. → These wonderful poems _____________________________________________________ 3. Jane didn’t go fishing yesterday because it rained heavily. → Because of ______________________________________________________________ 4. Khue Van pavilion is used as a symbol of Hanoi by Vietnamese people. → Vietnamese people ________________________________________________________ 5. His idea is different from mine. → His idea is not ____________________________________________________________ 6. These Dong Ho paintings are more expensive than those modern paintings. → Those modern paintings are not ______________________________________________ 7. What is your favourite food? → What food ______________________________________________________________ 8. Chefs use these machines to mix the ingredients. → These machines __________________________________________________________
76 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN BÀI TẬP
ĐÁP ÁN UNIT 1 A. PHONETICS I. /ǝ/:occasion, answer, mother, around, neighbour, upon, parent, singer, nature, collect, monopoly, carrot, doctor /ɜː/: world, girl, heard, birth, work, early, learn, expert, sunburn, shirt, hurt, word, dirty II. 1. d
2. c
3. b
4. a
5. c
B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. 1. bird-watching
2. carving wood
5. making pottery
3. arranging flowers 4. mountain climbing
6. playing board games 7. making models
8. horse-riding
II. 1. swimming
2. gardening
3. fishing
4. painting
5. music
6. model cars
7. photos
8. eggshells
III. PLAY:
football, chess, tennis, board games, sports
GO:
skating, camping, swimming, jogging, cycling
DO:
crossword, gardening, gymnastics, judo, aerobics
COLLECT: dolls, badges, stamps, coins, books WATCH:
cartoons, films, television, game shows
IV. 1. don’t visit
2. Does Mai go - goes
3. give
4. plays - doesn’t like
5. do they go
6. don’t study - is
7. Do your parents watch
8. does
9. use
10. doesn’t usually play
V. 1. will end
2. will... live
3. will meet
4. won’t offer
5. will buy
6. Will... phone
7. won’t take
8. will chat
9. will invite
10. won’t use 2. rains
3. will recognise
4. don’t want
5. does... begin
6. won’t be
7. does - watches
8. will plant
9. play
10. leaves
VII. 1. going
2. playing
3. taking
4. watching
5. cooking
6. making
7. tidying
8. reading
9. waiting
10. flying
VIII. 1. watching
2. listening
3. to buy
4. to speak
5. making
6.to eat
7. working/ to work
8. to call
9. to build
10. doing
VI. 1. listen
IX. 1. a
2. c
3. b
4. b
5. b
6. a
7. c
8. d
X. 1. to
2. on
3. in
4. as
5. up
6. in
7. At
8. on
9. c
10. d
ĐÁP ÁN 77
C. SPEAKING I. 1.What is your hobby? 2.When did you start your hobby? 3.Why do you enjoy your hobby? 4.How many hours a day do you spend on your hobby? 5.What does Jim usually do in his free time? 6.How often does he play volleyball? 7.Where does he often play volleyball? 8.Who does he like to play volleyball with? II. - Hey there! - Hey, what are you going? - I’m going to the judo club. - You do judo? - Yeah, I’m a black belt of judo. - Oh, that’s really cool! - Yeah, what kinds of hobby do you have? - I really like painting. - How creative you are! - Thanks. What else do you do in your free time? - I also swim and play basketball. - I like basketball, too. Shall we play together this Saturday morning? - Sounds great!
D. READING I. 1. books 5. near II. 1. T
2. F
2. collection
3. kinds
4. immediately
6. classify
7. name
8. clean
3. T
4. T
5. T
6. F
E. WRITING I. 1. Do you have any hobby? 2.What does your brother do in his free time? 3.He usually goes mountain climbing in the summer. 4. I enjoy playing monopoly with my friends. 5.Jim finds making models boring because it takes lots of time. 6.Will you take up ice-skating in the future? II. 1. What hobby do you have? 2.We all think painting is interesting because it’s a creative activity. 3.He collects toy cars as a hobby. 4.You don’t need to finish the work today. 5.How long have you had your hobby?
78 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN ĐÁP ÁN
6. I spent three hours making this pottery jug. 7.My father enjoys doing gardening at the weekend. 8.What about going swimming this afternoon.
TEST FOR UNIT 1 I. 1. b
2. a
3. a
4. d
5. c
II. 1. d
2. a
3. f
4. b
5. c
6. e
III. 1. b
2. a
3. c
4. d
5. c
6. b
IV. 1. plays 6. did
7. a
8. c
9. b
10. d
2. willgo
3. Will... collect
4. to do
5. going
7. areplaying
8. do
9. playing
10. have collected
V. 1. collection 5. Carved
2. birdwatcher
3. photography
4. interesting
6. activity
7. unusual
8. creative
VI. 1.classmates → classmate
2. are → is
3. good →well
4. to ride → riding
5. in →to
6. Do → Will
7. doing → going
8. think → find
VII.1. b
2. e
3. a
4. c
5. g
6. h
VIII.1. a
2. c
3. b
4. a
5. c
6. d
7. f
8. d
IX. 1. Her hobbies are reading and gardening. 2. She started reading when she was four years old. 3. She felt interested when she first read a book. 4. She enjoys reading because it can make her relaxed and calm. 5. She has planted flowers, vegetables, carrots, potatoes, etc. in her garden. 6. She waters plants in the evening. X. 1. I enjoy playing sports because it’s good for my health. 2. Do your children go camping every summer holiday? 3. I think photography can be an expensive hobby. 4. My cousin will give me a book as a gift on my next birthday. 5.He finds mountain climbing dangerous so he doesn’t take it up. 6. I hope that in the future he will teach me how to do eggshell carving.
UNIT 2 A. PHONETICS I. /f/: fun, fine, coffee, graph, phone, stuff, enough, laughing, leaf, few /v/: over, brave, verb, clever, leave,vat,view, valley, save,valve II. /f/
/v
feel, wife, laughing, floor, life, fast, furious, living, movie, invitation, creative, have beautiful, rough, elephants, frogs ĐÁP ÁN 79
B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. 1. h
2. c
3. a
II. 1. flu 5. allergy III. 1. have - feel 5. have (a)
4. e
5. g
6. d
7. f
8. b
2. Obesity
3. sunburn
4. cold
6. toothache
7.fever
8.earache
2. feels
3. has a – feels
4. had a - feel
6. had an – felt
7. has
8. feel - have a - have a
IV. Illnesses and symptoms
Activities
flu, cough, sore throat, fever, allergy, runny nose, headache, sneezing, red skin, stomachache
playing sports, walking, watching TV, gardening, swimming, doing aerobics, exercising, cycling, relaxing, sleeping
V. 1. more 5.less VI. 1. Play less 5. Watch less VII. 1. much 7. much
2. more
3. more
4. less
6. less – more
7. more
8. less
2. Eat more
3. Sleep more
4. read more
6. drink more
7. Do more
8. Spend less
2. little
3. much
4. more
5. Many
6. less
8. more
9. more
10. many
11. less
12. more
VIII. 1. and 2. but
3. so
4. but
5. or
6. but
7. or
8. so
IX. 1. The bus stopped, and the man got off. 2.Junk food tastes so good, but it is bad for your health. 3.You should eat less junk food or you will put on weight. 4.He is a vegetarian, so he doesn’t eat any meat. 5.Would you like meat or vegetables for lunch? 6.Susan went to the park and had a ride on the swing. 7. I love fruit, but I am allergic to strawberries. 8.There was a heavy rain, so the roads were flooded. X. 1. c
2.f
3.g
4.b
5.a
6.e
7.h
XI. 1. at
2. out
3. on
4. for
5. to
6. with 7. in
5. a
6. c
C. SPEAKING I. 1. how to stay healthy? 2.What are the best foods to eat? 3.What should I avoid? 4.What else is Important? 5.Can I drink it sometimes? 6.It’s bad for your teeth and health. II. 1. g
2. d
3. f
4. b
III. - Hi. What’s the matter with you? - I had a horrible headache last week.
80 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN ĐÁP ÁN
7. e
8.d 8. for
9. or
10. so
- A horrible headache? Has anything hit you in the head lately? -My head hit a door few days ago. -Oh! Did you take any medicines? -My father gave me some painkillers. -If you are still hurts, you should see the doctor.
D. READING I. 1. growing 2. diet II. 1. T
2. T
3. unhealthy
3. T
4. F
4. put 5. like 6. home-cooked 5.T
7. vitamins 8. weight
6.F
E. WRITING I. 1. I love cold drinks, but I have a sore throat. 2.Jim eats too much fast food so he is overweight. 3.Is watching too much television bad for your health? 4.If you have the flu or a cold you should stay home. 5.Alex loves fishing so he usually goes fishing in the lake near his house. 6.You can avoid some diseases by keeping yourself clean. II. 1. Sue has eaten a low carb diet for two years. 2.Would you mind taking me to the airport Friday morning? 3.Let’s go to the movies tonight. 4.July had a high fever, so she stayed home from school yesterday. 5.Although she eats fruits and veggies every day, she keeps gaining weight. 6.Mark’s put on five kilos since he quit smoking. 7.Joana doesn’t eat much because she doesn’t want to be overweight. 8.You should do exercise regularly.
TEST FOR UNIT 2 I. 1. b
2. d
3. c
4. a
5. d
II. 1. b
2. c
3. d
4. a
5. b
III. 1. a
2. a
3. c
4. b
5. c
IV. 1. Didyou eat
6. d
7. a
8. b
9. d
2. has put
3. drank
4. washes
5. won’t pass
6. has - is coughing
7. to exercise
8. sneezing
9. are you doing
10. eating/ to eat 2. sickness
3. vegetarian
4. Obesity
6. sunburnt
7. tiredness
8. headache
V. 1. healthily 5.allergic VIII. 1. f
2. d
3. g
4. b
5. a
6. e
7. h
8. c
2.eat → eating
VII. 1. hurt→ hurts 3.How’s → What’s
4.obesity → obese
5.Eating→ Eat
6.a important → an important
7. more → less
8. but → so
VIII. 1. d
2. c
10. c
3. c
4. a
5. b
6. a ĐÁP ÁN 81
IX. 1. b
2. d
3. b
4. c
5. a
X. 1. Phong eats lots of junk food, so he is putting on weight. 2. I exercise daily because I want to stay healthy. 3.Sitting too close to the TV hurts your eyes. 4.She often takes paracetamol if she gets a bad headache. 5.How many calories do you burn doing aerobics for 2 hours? 6.Getting enough sleep helps students (to) do their best in the classroom.
UNIT 3 A. PHONETICS I. 1. glass 6. graffiti
2. class
3. garden
4. cup
5. kid
7. clothes
8. blanket
9. gold
10. globe
13. cake
14. gift
15. kite
11. community 12. game /g/
16. grapes /k/
glass, garden, graffiti, gold, globe, game, class, cup, kid, clothes, blanket, community, gift, grapes cake, kite II. 1. d
2. c
3. a
4. b
5. a
B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. 1. sick children 5. volunteers
2. homeless people
3. street children
6. elderly people
7. disabled people
4. donors
II. 1. Donate blood. 2.Pick up trash in the surroundings. 3.Donate old clothes. 4.Help the elderly at the nursing home. 5.Build houses for homeless people. 6.Take care of cats and dogs at an animal shelter. III. 1. Donate
2. Organise
3. Clean up
4. Plant
6. Recycle
7. Provide
8. Tutor
2. went
3. Have you ever done4. have had
5. did
6. have lived
7.bought
8. Did you see
9. have read
10. didn’t play 2. went
3. did you meet
4. hasn’t phoned
5. have known
6. lived
7. didn’t see
8.painted
9.left
5. Volunteer IV. 1. have seen
V. 1. Have you ever been - have been
10. have taught VI. 1. c
2. b
3. c
4. d
5. c
6. b
7. a
8. a
VII.1. He stopped the car because the traffic lights turned red. 2.Jane didn’t join our programme as she has to take a summer course.
82 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN ĐÁP ÁN
9. b
10. b
3.Since he behaved very rudely, everyone dislike him. 4.They do volunteer work because they like doing something useful. 5. I won’t be able to attend the meeting since I’ll be on holiday with my family. 6.As it was raining heavily, we decided to stay home and watch TV. 7.He’s training hard because he wants to get fit. 8.Since Sally was ill, she didn’t go to school yesterday. VIII. 1. He went to the dentist’s because he had a toothache. 2.I didn’t take part in volunteer programs because I didn’t have enough time. 3.He doesn’t want to go and see the film because he has seen it already. 4.She is popular in school because she is honest and polite. 5.She scolded Alex because he didn’t complete his homework. 6.I went home late last night because I missed the last bus. IX. 1. because 6. or X. 1. as
2. for
2. so
3. and
4. because
5. but
7. because
8. but
9. so
10. and
3. in
5. of
4. to
6. at
7. in
8. with
C. SPEAKING I. 1. Yes, it makes a better life and improves the society. 2.We can donate money or clothes via the charitable organisations. 3.It helps you stay healthy, increases self-confidence, and makes you happy. 4.Yes. I’ve been a volunteer teacher for Street Child Organization. 5.Because volunteering teaches me a lot. 6.Because they like doing something useful and helping others. II. - Could you tell me what community service is, Joana? - Certainly. Community service is the work which benefits the others and your community. - Have you ever participated in community service? - Yes. I’m a volunteer for a charity organization. - What have you done so far? - We have cleaned streets, planted trees and encouraged people to donate food, clothesand money to help the poor and needy people. - Great! What else have you planned to do? - Well, we have planned to recruit more volunteers and set up a new campaign for recycling. - That sounds really interesting! Can I take part? - Of course you can.
D. READING I. 1.volunteer 5.money
2. while
3. service
4. together
6. clothing
7. back
8. but
II. 1.Community service is work done by a person or group of people that benefits others. 2.It is often done near the area where you live. 3.No, it isn’t. (You do not get paid to perform community service.) ĐÁP ÁN 83
4.It can help many different groups of people: children, elderly people, homeless people, people in poverty and people with disabilities. 5.Yes, it is. 6.Many people take part in community service because they enjoy helping others and improving their community.
E. WRITING I. 1.Community service is a great way to help others. 2.People volunteer because they want to improve their community. 3.We encouraged people to donate books and clothes to street children. 4.What can we do to help clean the environment? 5.Have you ever done any volunteer work? 6.Joe spent most of his free time doing volunteer work at a local hospital. II. 1. I’m leaving now, so I won’t/ don’t miss the train. 2. I haven’t seen my uncle for two years. 3. I will talk to him when I reach my office. 4.Mom suggests donating our old books, toys and clothes to charity./ Mom suggests we (should) donate our old books, toys and clothes to charity. 5.Jane stayed behind after the class because she wanted to talk to the teacher. 6.They’ve never been to Korea before. 7.When did you join Volunteers in Asia? 8.We encouraged people to recycle glass, cans and paper.
TEST FOR UNIT 3 I. 1. a
2. d
3. b
4. c
5. a
II. 1. a
2. b
3. d
4. c
5. b
III. 1. a
2. b
3. c
4. a
5. b
IV. 1. has failed
6. c
7. c
8. a
9. a
2.established
3. have they lived – moved
4.have finished
5.am studying
6.did you buy - bought
7.Have you ever been - haven’t been
8.volunteers
9.to help
10.donating
V. 1. services 5. non-profit
2. Disabled
3. organisation
4. donation
6. voluntary
7. charitable
8. elderly
VI. 1. went → gone
2.didn’t → haven’t
3.cooker → cook
4.already → yet
5.for → to
6.donate →donating
7.recycle →to recycle
8.lived → live
VII. 1. d
2. h
3. b
4. a
5. g
6. c
VIII.1. c
2. b
3. b
4. c
5. a
6. d
IX. 1. T
2. T
3. F
4. F
5. T
6. F
84 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN ĐÁP ÁN
7. e
8. f
10. d
X. 1. Last year we started a community garden project. 2.So far, we have asked people to donate books and clothes to the poor children. 3.Because the lake was full of rubbish, they decided to clean it up last Sunday. 4.Green Summer was organized for the first time in 1997. 5.Go Green is a non-profit organisation that protects the environment. 6.When did you start working/ to work for this charitable organization?
TEST YOURSELF 1 I. 1. c
2. b
3. d
4. a
5. d
II. 1. d
2. a
3. b
4. c
5. a
III. 1. collecting
2. disabled
5. shape
6. homeless
IV. 1. c
2. c
3. d
4. b
3. hobby 5. a
V. 1. have already read 2. didn’t do
6. d
4. cold 7. b
8. a
9. c
3. did
4. will eat
5. need
6. Has Alex ever been - has been
7. is having
8. was established
9. to recycle
10. doing
2. collector
3. overweight
4. toothache
6. donors
7. voluntarily
8. homeless
VI. 1. enjoyment 5. unhealthy
10. d
VII. 1. play → playing/to play
2.interest →interesting
3.wait → are waiting
4.have donated → donated
5.Did → Have
6.and → but
7.more → less
8.bored → boring
VIII.1. What is your favourite hobby? 2.How much time does he spend carving eggshells? 3.Who do you often share your hobby with? 4.Why did she go to the doctor? 5.How many calories a day do people need to stay in shape? 6.When did you start working as a volunteer? 7.What have you done so far? 8.How long has your mother done charitable work? IX. 1. Donating 5.how X. 1. c
2. b
3. a
2. charitable
3. helping
4. disabled
6. feed
7. care
8. parents
4. d
5. a
XI. 1. My father is interested in playing board games. 2.The last time he smoked was a month ago. 3.That apartment is the most modern. 4.Nam’s collection has over two hundred stamps. 5.It takes me twenty minutes to walk to school every morning. 6.It’s very difficult for me to lose weight. ĐÁP ÁN 85
UNIT 4 A. PHONETICS I. /ʃ/ musician, special, sure, show, sugar, machine, ocean, champagne, station, dishwasher,delicious, tradition, brochure, /ʒ/ pleasure, occasion, usually, television, leisure, provision, decision, treasure, garage II. 1. d
2. a
3. d
4. c
5. b
III. 1. Famous musiciansusuallyperform this song. 2.There is a program ontelevisionabout removing rubbish in the river. 3. The garage is not far from the bus station. 4. She made the decision to get a bed spread with striped sheets. 5. The physician is anxious about the living conditions of his patient.
B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. 1. violin 5. puppet II. 1. poet 5. pianist III. 1. composed 5. have exhibited IV. 1. as hot as 5. as convenient as V. 1. hottest 5. most powerful
2. portrait
3. guitar
4. painting
6. drum
7. saxophone
8. cello
2. singer
3. composer
4. comedian
6. musician
7. artist
8. actress
2. paints
3. sang
4. to play
6. drew
7. taking
8. is performing
2. as deep as
3. as relaxing as
4. as quickly as
6. as dangerous as
7. as boring as
8. as frequently as
2. farther
3. famous
4. more important
6. big
7. more patient
8. quickly
VI. 3. This house is different from your last house. 4.The child’s height is the same as the height of the table. 5.Jane is very different from her sister. 6.This cake tastes the same as that cake. 7.Food in San Francisco is different from food in New Orleans. 8.His shoes are the same as my shoes. 9.American English is slightly different from British English. 10.People say I look just the same as my mother. VII.1. as
2.than
3.as
4. from
5. as
6.than
7.from
8. as
VIII. 1. Walking is not as fast as cycling. 2.This tea tastes different from the one I usually drink. 3.Health is more important than money. 4.His new guitar is the same as his old one. 5.K2 is not as high as Everest.
86 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN ĐÁP ÁN
6.Oil painting is different from pencil painting. 7.Today’s exam was shorter than yesterday’s. 8.Your idea is not the same as mine. IX. 1. either 5. too X. 1. for
2. at
2.too
3.either
4. either
6.either
7.too
8. too
3. of
4. on
5. in
6. of
7. at
8. at
C. SPEAKING I. 1. What kind of music do you like? 2. What is your favourite song? 3.Who is your mother’s favourite composer? 4.When did water puppetry begin? 5.How often does Alex go to the Art Club? 6.Why don’t you like horror movies? 7.How long has she painted? 8.Where are Dong Ho paintings made? II. -What type of music do you enjoy listening to? - I like listening to different kinds of music. - Like what, for instance? - I enjoy Rock and R&B. -Why do you like that type of music? - I like the kinds of instruments that they use. -Perfect reason! Can you play any musical instrument? -Yeah, I can play electric guitar and drums. -Wow! You are so talented! -Thank you. That’s very kind of you.
D. READING I. 1. folk 5. artists II. 1. T
2. F
2. north
3. printed
4. leaves
6.layer
7. long
8. decoration
3. T
4. F
5. T
E. WRITING I. 1. Students who study arts are more attentive than those who don’t. 2.My father never watches horror films, and I don’t either. 3.Do you think classical music is as exciting as Rock and Roll? 4.The musician is very anxious about the next performance. 5.My sister is interested in drawing, but I find it boring. 6.What is your favourite kind of music? II. 1. Her phone is different from mine. 2. I think jazz music isn’t as popular as rock music. ĐÁP ÁN 87
3.Are you interested in seeing a water puppet show? 4.The water puppet show is performed in a pool. 5. I haven’t spoken to David since Christmas. 6.They cancelled the school trip because nobody wanted to go. 7.Jim’s brother plays the saxophone better than him. 8.What kind of music do you like most?
TEST FOR UNIT 4 I. 1. b
2. c
3. a
4. d
5. b
II. 1. a
2. c
3. c
4. d
5. b
III. 1. b
2. a
3. d
4. a
5. b
IV. 1. has changed
2. are driving
7. d
8. a
9. d
10. c
3. are made
4. went - saw
7. weren’t
8. will write
2. performance
3. exciting
4. differently
6. artistic
7. musician
8. unimportant
5. finish/have finished 6. have been 9. doing
6. c
10. to work
V. 1. worst 5. natural
VI. 1. successfully → successful
2. promote →promotes
3. paint →painting
4. with → as
5. too → either
6. Canada’s → Canada
7.How long → How often
8. is → was
VII. 1. e
2. a
3. f
4. h
5. b
6. g
VIII. 1. c
2. a
3. d
4. a
5. b
6. a
7. c
IX. 1. Modern graffiti began in big cities in the United States. 2. Demetrius’s tag was TAKI 183. 3. They wrote their own tags on New York walls. 4. Aerosol paint graffiti became popular in the 1970s and 1980s. 5. No, it isn’t. In some countries, it is illegal. 6.In Taiwan, Artists can paint in graffiti zones. X. 1.This show isn’t different from the show we saw last week. 2.No other runner is as quick as her/she is. 3.She has made fewer mistakes than last time. 4.The Eiffel Tower is the same height as an 81-storey building. 5.Jurassic Park was directed by Steven Spielberg. 6.My favourite painting is more expensive than this painting. 7.My French is not as good as my English. 8.The last time John did any housework was a month ago.
88 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN ĐÁP ÁN
8. d
UNIT 5 A. PHONETICS I. 1. omelette
2. fox
3. sauce
4. rod
5. sausage
6. water
7. coffee
8. pot
9. pork
10. storm
11. salt
12. bottle
13. fork
14. horse
15. orange
16. daughter /ɒ/
/ɔː/
omelette, fox, rod, sausage, coffee, pot, bottle, orange
sauce, water, pork, storm, salt, fork, horse, daughter
II. 1. a
2. c
3. d
4. d
5. a
B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. 1. c
2. e
3. h
II. 1. tofu
4. g
5. a
6. b
7. f
8. d
2.sausage
3. turmeric
4. omelette
6. pepper
7. spring rolls
8. sauce
2. packet
3. glass
4. carton
5. slice
6. piece
7. tin
8. bowl
9. bar
10. can
5. noodles III. 1. loaf
IV. 1. Beat V. 1. U 11. C
2. Heat
3. Pour
4. place
5. Fold
6. Serve
2. C
3. U
4. C
5. U
6. C
7. U
8. C
12. U
13. U
14. C
15. C
16. U
17. U
18. C
VI. 1. any
9. U
10. U
2. some - a
3. a - some
4. some - any
5. some - a
6. any - any - some
7. any - an - some
8. some - some
9. some - an
10. a - a
VII.1. How many
2. How much
3. How much
4. How many
5. How much
6. How many
7. How many
8. How much
9. How many
10. How much
VIII.1. How many cups of butter do we need for this recipe? 2.How much milk would you like in your tea? 3.How many grapes are there in the fridge? 4.How many cakes did she make for the party last night? 5.How much pork does your mother want for the barbecue? 6.How much cat food did you buy at the supermarket yesterday? 7.How many exams have they had so far? 8.How much tea is there in the teapot? IX. 1. an
2. any
3. some
4. How many
5. kilo
6. some
7. some
8. How much
9.how many
10. some
11. some
12. any
13. a ĐÁP ÁN 89
X. 1. in
2.from
3. up
4. with
5. with
6. of
7. into
8. by - for
9. on/over
10.into
C. SPEAKING I. 1. I love pho.
2.A glass of orange juice, please.
3. I prefer something sweet.
4.Four cartons, please.
5. Twice a month.
6.Yes, two slices, please.
7. I just have some cereal each morning.
8. Four or five small meals.
II. 1. D
2. F
3. A
4. E
5. C
6. B
D. READING I. 1. most 5. stewing II. 1. F
2. T
2. broth
3. basic
4. pot
6. rice
7. vary
8. even
3. F
4. F
5. T
6. T
E. WRITING I. 1.How many kilos of potatoes would you like? 2. I went fishing but I didn’t catch any fish. 3.Cook the chicken over the low heat for 15 minutes before you serve it. 4.Can you tell me how to cook broken rice? 5.There are three cartons of milk in the fridge. 6.He has got an egg but he hasn’t got any bread. 7.How much rice is left in the electric cooker? 8.Pho is one of the most popular dishes in Vietnam. II. 1.It is the most boring movie I’ve ever seen. 2.There are not many eggs in the fridge. 3.They started living there two years ago. 4. I have never drunk cocktail before. 5.This exercise is not as hard/difficult as the last one. 6. I find playing computer games boring. 7.The new building is the same height as the old one. 8.She didn’t have any eggs, so she didn’t make an omelette.
TEST FOR UNIT 5 I. 1. a
2. c
3. b
4. d
5. b
II. 1. b
2. d
3. a
4. c
5. d
III. 1. b
2. d
3. c
4. c
5. d
IV. 1. am going to clean
6. a
2.tastes – are
3.has become
4.went
5. is learning
6.won’t be
7.is cut
8.eats
90 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN ĐÁP ÁN
7. b
8. c
9. d
10. a
9.stewing
10.to drink
V. 1. salty
2.mixture
3.fried
4.juicy
5. commonly
6.boneless
7.preparation
8.fragrant
VI. 1. many → much
5.breads → bread
2.some → any
6.in → for
3.a → some
7.to→ than
4.ingredient → ingredients
8.glass→ glasses
VII. 1. e
2. h
3. a
4. g
5. c
6. b
VIII. 1. a
2. c
3. d
4. d
5. b
6. a
IX. 1. a
2. c
3. b
4. d
5. b
7. d
8. f
X. 1. How many eggs does she need to make two cakes? 2. How much wine did they drink at the party last night? 3. When do you often drink coffee? 4.What is your favourite food? 5.How does your lemonade taste? 6.Is there any milk in the fridge? 7.Would you like some cookies? 8.How is the beef broth made?
UNIT 6 A. PHONETICS I. /dʒ/: joke, college, juice, July, giraffe, garage, engine, gymnastic, enjoy, language /tʃ/: chicken, watch, cheap, cello, question, sandwich, exhaustion, natural, furniture, statue II. 1.My teacher told a joke about his naturalvillage. 2.Soldiers are marching on the streets. 3.Enjoy your lunch! 4.There’s some orangejuice in the fridge. 5.I have a sandwich, a chocolate bar and some jam. Which one do you choose?
B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. 1. Temple of Literature
2.Huong Pagoda
3.One Pillar Pagoda
4. Hung Kings’ Temple
5.Hue Imperial City
6.Khue Van Pavilion
II. 1. Academy 5.statues III.1. located 5. built
2. Temple
3.university
4. tablets
6. Well
7.scholars
8. Towers
2. considered
3. built
4. destroyed
6. named
7. renamed
8. surrounded ĐÁP ÁN 91
IV. 1. Cheese is made from milk. 2.The Temple is visited by thousands of people every year. 3.Toyota cars are produced by Toyota Motor Corporation. 4. German is also spoken at EU meetings. 5.Most newspapers are printed on recycled paper. 6.The Imperial Academy is considered the first university in Vietnam. 7.Three millilitres of water are added to the mixture. 8.The letters are delivered by the postman at 8 o’clock. V. 1. was constructed
2. were built
3.were recognized
4.was completed
5. were selected
6. was made
7.were held
8.was born
2. was built
3.is located
4.was written
5. was recognized
6. are displayed
7.were erected
8.were reconstructed
9. is surrounded
10. are regarded
VI. 1.is celebrated
VII.1. The Internet is used all over the world. 2.Was the missing girl found by the police? 3.These tourist attractions are visited by large numbers of tourists annually. 4.Po Nagar Cham Towers were built to honour the goddess Po Nagar. 5.This museum isn’t visited by tourists very often. 6.All this cheese was bought in France. 7. I wasn’t invited to their New Year party. 8.Is mineral water sold in plastic bottles? 9.The Imperial Academy is considered the first university in Vietnam. 10. When was Ha Long Bay recognised by UNESCO as a World Heritage Site? VIII. 1. b
2. d
3. c
4. b
5. c
IX. 1. for
2. about 3. under 4. with 5. as
6. a
7. a
8. d
9. b
10. c
6. of
7. in
8. by
9. at
10. of
C. SPEAKING I. 1. Have you ever been to the Temple of Literature? 2.When did you last go to the Temple of Literature? 3.Where is the Temple of Literature located? 4.By whom was the Temple founded? 5.Was it built in 1076? 6.What was established in 1076? 7.Who was the first principal of the Imperial Academy? 8.How many Doctors’ Stone Tablets are there in the Temple of Literature? II. - Hi, you look quite busy. What are you doing? - I’m making a plan for my trip to Hanoi. - Wow! What is your plan? - I’m going to the Temple of Literature and the Imperial Academy first.
92 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN ĐÁP ÁN
- Oh, I see. It’s a famous historic and cultural place in Hanoi. - Then I’m going to visit Ho Chi Minh Mausoleum and Ba Dinh Square. - The mausoleum might be closed for maintenance sometimes so check before you go. - Ok, I will. In the evening, I’ll walk round HoanKiem Lake and enjoy Trang Ten ice cream. - It sounds very interesting! Have a good trip. - Yes, sure. Thank you.
D. READING I. 1. Located II. 1. T
2. temples
2. F
3. T
3. until 4. destroyed 4. F
5. T
5. worship
6. statues 7.as
8. about
6. F
7.The Imperial Academy was founded in 1076. 8.The Imperial Academy operated as a university for more than 700 years.
E. WRITING I. 1. The Temple of Literature was built in the year 1070. 2.There are four tall pillars in front of the Temple of Literature. 3.The Doctors’ stone tablets were erected in 1484 by Emperor Le Thanh Tong. 4.The Imperial Academy is considered the first university in Vietnam. 5.ThienQuang Well is located in the middle of the third courtyard. 6.In 2010, the 82 Doctor’s stone tablets were recognized by UNESCO as a Memory of the World. 7.Chu Van An was regarded as one of the most famous teachers at the Imperial Academy. 8.Lots of souvenirs are sold inside the Temple of Literature. II. 1. The Temple of Literature is visited by thousands of people every day. 2.The construction of 116 steles was ordered by King Le Thanh Tong in 1484. 3.You had better take warm clothes because it’s very cold in Sa Pa. 4.Would you like to visit Ho Chi Minh Mausoleum first? 5.You don’t need to book a hotel in advance. 6.You should rent a bike or motorbike to travel around the city. 7.Why don’t we pay a visit to Huong Pagoda? 8.They chose Khue Van Pavilion as the official symbol for Vietnam’s capital Hanoi.
TEST FOR UNIT 6 I. 1. a
2. b
3. a
4. d
5. c
II. 1. built/constructed/founded/established
2. Palace
3.Heritage
4.symbol
5.first
6. Pagoda
7.born
8.located/situated
III. 1. a
2. d
IV. 1. is organised
3. c
4. c
5. b
6. c
7. a
8. d
9. d
2. built
3. were made
4. was set
5. haven’t done
6. is speaking
7. are spoken
8. be divided
9.rent
10.visiting
10. b
ĐÁP ÁN 93
V. 1. attraction 5.talented
2.cultural
3.founder
4. erection
6.symbolise
7.recognition
8. historic
VI. 1. by→ as 2.was → is 3.haven’t ever been → haven’t been/ have never been 4.bored → boring 5.visit → visiting 6.to take → take 7.was→ were 8.complete → completed VII. 1. c
2. d
3. a
4. b
5. f
6. h
VIII. 1. a
2. b
3. d
4. c
5. a
6. c
7. e
8. g
IX. 1. Chu Van An was born in 1292. 2.He was a straightforward man. 3.In his early life, he opened a school and began his career as a Confucian teacher. 4.When he was a teacher at the Imperial Academy, Chu Van An taught the prince Vuong, the future emperor Tran Hien Tong. 5.He resigned because his request of beheading eight corrupted mandarins was refused./ ... because King Tran Du Tong refused his request of beheading eight corrupted mandarins. 6.He was 78 years old when he died. 7.An altar to Chu Van An was erected in the Temple of Literature. X. 1. People/ They regard the Temple of Literature as the first university in Vietnam. 2.A picture of the One Pillar Pagoda was bought by his father last year. 3.The Hung Kings’ Temple is visited by thousands of people every day. 4.Who built the Imperial Academy? 5.Khue Van pavtllion symbol can be seen on street signs in Hanoi. 6.Khue Van pavillion is used as a symbol of Hanoi by Vietnamses people. 7.What is the Temple of Literature surrounded by? 8.In 1994, UNESCO recognised Ha Long Bay as a World Heritage Site.
TEST YOURSELF 2 I. 1. b
2. a
3. a
4. d
5. c
II. 1. d
2. c
3. a
4. c
5. b
III. 1. Temple IV. 1. a
2. art
2. c
V. 1. began
3. d
3. Lemonade 4. Actress 4. d
5. b
6. a
5. food 7. b
6. teachers
8. d
9. d
2. was written
3. won’t agree
4. went
5.aren’t working
6. were destroyed
7. have worked
8. isn’t sold
9.to go
10. watching 2. construction
3. performance
4. boneless
6. educated
7. paintings
8. popularity
VI. 1. composer 5. carefully
94 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN ĐÁP ÁN
10. b
VII.1. since →for
2.many → much
3.by →from
4.too → either
5.built →was built
6.as → from
7.maked→ made
8.isn’t → aren’t
VIII. 1. f
2. a
3. g
4. b
5. c
6. e
IX. 1. c
2. a
3. b
4. c
5. b
6. a
X. 1. T
2. F
3. T
4. T
5. F
6. T
7. h
8. d
XI. 1. If you are not calm, you’ll make a wrong decision. 2.These wonderful poems were written by a great poet. 3.Because of heavy rain, Jane didn’t go fishing yesterday. 4.Vietnamese people use Khue Van pavillion as a symbol of Hanoi. 5.His idea is not the same as mine. 6.Those modern paintings are not as expensive as these Dong Ho paintings. 7.What food do you like most? 8.These machines are used to mix the ingredients by chefs.
ĐÁP ÁN 95
MỤC LỤC
UNIT 1:
MY HOBBIES ...................................................................... 6
UNIT 2:
HEALTH............................................................................. 16
UNIT 3:
COMMUNITY SERVICE .................................................. 26
TEST YOURSELF 1 ............................................................................ 37 UNIT 4:
MUSIC AND ARTS ........................................................... 41
UNIT 5:
VIETNAMESE FOODAND DRINK .................................. 51
UNIT 6:
THE FIRST UNIVERSITYIN VIET NAM ........................ 62
TEST YOURSELF 2 ............................................................................ 73 ĐÁP ÁN ............................................................................................... 77
96 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 - PHẦN ĐÁP ÁN
UNIT 7: TRAFFIC A. PHONETICS I. Write the sound /e/ or /eI/ of the underlined letter(s) 1. train /
/
6. left /
/
2. seatbelt /
/
7. ahead /
3. mistake /
/
8. station /
4. helmet / 5. way /
/
11. sail / /
12. safety / /
9. helicopter /
/
/
10. pavement /
16. healthy / /
13. railway / /
14. brake / /
/ /
15. pedestrian /
17. plane /
/
18. great /
/
19. record / /
/
20. said /
/ /
II. Underline the words having the sound /e/ and circle the words having the sound /eI/ in the sentences below. Then read the sentences aloud. 1. Which one is better, train or plane? 2. Great! This is the best way to the railway station. 3. Let’s take a break and have some fresh bread! 4. For your safety, you must obey the traffic rules when driving. 5. Jane was standing on the pavement waving her friends. 6. The wet weather is expected to continue in central valley. 7. I sat waiting patiently for the wedding to end. III. Find the word which has the different sound in the underlined part. 1. a. break
b. bread
c. instead
d. health
2. a. lane
b. stay
c. traffic
d. wait
3. a. record
b. vehicle
c. lesson
d. zebra
4. a. jam
b. narrow
c. carry
d. danger
5. a. means
b. great
c. seatbelt
d. teacher
B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. Write the means of transport under the correct pictures
bike car
plane boat
truck train bus subway
ship motorbike helicopter van
1…………………
2……………….
3……………….
4………………….
5…………………
6…………………
7………………..
8…………………..
9……………….
10………………
11………………..
12………………..
II. Match the words in part 1 with definitions. 1. A large, heavy vehicle with wheels. It is used for carrying goods.
__________
2. A vehicle with two wheels that you ride by pushing its pedals with your feet __________ 3. A vehicle that has two wheels and an engine.
__________
4. A large machine that runs along a railway line. It can carry many people.
__________
5. A very large boat used for carrying people or goods across the sea.
__________
6. A aircraft with large metal blades on top that spin and lift it into the air.
__________
7. A vehicle that flies in the sky and has wings and one or more engine.
__________
8. A large vehicle with lots of seats. It carries passengers from one place to another.
__________
9. A small vehicle that travels on water, moved by oars, sails or a motor.
__________
10. A railway system that runs under the ground below a big city.
__________
III. Complete the sentences with the correct tense or form of the verbs from the box.
ride
drive
fly
sail
cycle
reverse
get on
get off
1. My uncle used to be a pilot. He ___________ helicopters. 2. __________ a number 73 bus. That will take you to Islington High Street. 3. He ________into a lamppost and damaged the back of the car. 4. When being stuck in a traffic jam, some people __________ their motorbikes on the pavement. 5. The old man got into a Rolls Royce and __________ away. 6. I will get myself a little boat and ________ it around the world. 7. When we reach the next stop, we’ll ____________. 8. In the afternoon, Mai usually _____________ round the lake near her house. IV. Fill in the each gap with an expression in the box. plane tickets zebra crossings cycle helmet
means of transport
driving licence road safety
traffic jam
speed limit
railway station
1. Be careful! The _____________ says “No U-Turn”. 2. You ran through the stop sign. May I see your ________________, please?
road sign
3. It is the law that motorists give way to pedestrians at _______________. 4. You can book your _______________ online, by phone, or through a travel agent. 5. Slow down – the _______________ on this road is 60 mph. 6. We were stuck in a _______________ on the freeway for two hours. 7. When we got to the _______________ the train had left. 8. What _______________ did they use at that time? – horses 9. _______________is taught to young children to avoid road accidents. 10. You should wear a _______________ when riding a bike. V. What do these signs mean? Choose the correct answers. 1.
3.
5.
a. Traffic lights ahead
2.
a. Walking only
b. Stop at the traffic lights
b. No crossing the street
c. No traffic lights on this road
c. No pedestrians.
a. Two-way traffic ahead
4.
a. No playing in the street
b. One-way road
b. No parking allowed
c. Road narrows
c. No pedestrian traffic
a. Trash removal nearby
6.
b. workers on this road
a. No entry for motor vehicles b. Give way to traffic
c. road works ahead
c. Only cars and motorbikes allowed 7.
9.
11.
a. School crossing ahead
8
a. No left turn
b. Pedestrians only
b. U-turn is prohibited
c. Crosswalk ahead
c. U-turn allowed
a. Slippery road
10.
a. Stop here
b. Oil on road
b. One lane traffic
c. Road curves ahead
c. No entry
a. All vehicles turn back
12.
b. Roudabout ahead c. Turn left only
a. No right turn b. Go straight ahead on red c. No turn right on red
VI. Complete the sentences with can, must or mustn’t
1.
You _____________ park here.
2.
You _____________ turn left.
3.
You _____________ ride your motorbike on this road.
4.
You _____________ stop.
5.
You _____________ drive more than 50 km/h.
6.
Only cyclists _____________ enter this lane.
You _____________ go ahead or turn right. 7.
You _____________ make a U-Turn here. 8.
9.
You _____________ give way.
10.
Pedestrians _____________ enter.
VII. Complete the sentences with used to or didn’t use to and the verbs in the box. play
wash
be
eat
like
travel
live
work
read
get up
1. I _____________ in the countryside when I was a child. 2. My mother _____________ coffee but now she loves it. 3. Julian _____________ much, but Harry Potter changed his attitude. 4. Dave _____________ in a football team but now he plays basketball. 5. The children _____________early because they had to get to school at 7 o’clock. 6. The shop _____________ so crowded as it is nowadays. 7. In those days, people _____________ all their clothes by hand. 8. I _____________ in a restaurant before I went to college. 9. People _____________ so much junk food, their diet was healthier. 10. When my father was young, he _____________ abroad so much. VIII. Write sentences, using the prompts and then correct form of used to. 1. We/ live in a flat when I was a child. _________________________________________________________________ 2. People/ not have/ mobile phones 20 years ago. _________________________________________________________________ 3. Jim/ go/ swimming every weekend? _________________________________________________________________ 4. My father/ smoke/ but he gave up five years ago. _________________________________________________________________ 5. Lily/ not cook/ much, but now she makes dinner every day. _________________________________________________________________ 6. There/ be/ a supermarket on the corner? _________________________________________________________________ 7. People/ not buy/ so much stuff as they do today. _________________________________________________________________ 8. You/ play football or basketball at school? _________________________________________________________________ 9. I/ go/ to bed very late but not anymore! _________________________________________________________________ 10. Which TV programme/ you/ watch/ most/ when you were little? _________________________________________________________________
IX. Complete the dialogue with the correct form of used to John:
What (1) _____________ (you/ be) like when you were a child?
Sally:
I (2) _____________ (wear) very thick glasses, and I(3)__________ (be) quite short. To be honest, I (4) _____________ (not like) myself very much. What (5) _____________ (you/do) for fun?
John: Sally:
Oh, we (6) _____________ (not have) phones or technology of any kind and the streets (7) _____________ (be) safer than now, so we (8) _____________ (play) outdoors all the time. (9) _____________(you/get) good marks in school? Yes, I (10)_____________(study) very hard.
John: Sally: X. Choose the correct answers. 1. I ____________ a lot when I was younger. a. use to swim
b. used to swim
c. used to swimming d. didn't used to swim 2. People__________ so often, or they just didn't travel at all. a. used to travel
b. used not to travel
c. didn't used to travel
d. didn’t use to travel
3. My brother__________ his leg in a car accident when he was 20. a. broke
b. used to break
c. uses to break
d. breaks
4. _________long hair when you were a teenager? a. Used you to have
b. Did you used to have
c. Did you use to have
d. Are you used to having
5. My Grandpa never__________ coffee. He always drank tea. a. uses to like
b. used to like
c. didn't use to like
d. is used to like
6. She________ as a teacher for many years before she became a writer a. didn't use to work
b. used to worked
c. used to work
d. worked
7. There______ a bus station there. When was it built? a. used to be
b. usedn't to be
c. didn't use to be
d. used not being
8. Dominic _________ to bed late on Fridays and Saturdays. a. usually goes
b. uses to go
c. doesn't use to go
d. is used to go
9. What kind of music ________when she was a child? a. Nancy used to like
b. used Nancy to like
c. did Nancy used to like
d. did Nancy use to like
10. He _______several books a month, but he doesn't have time any more. a. usually reads
b. used to read
c. used to reading
XI. Write sentences with it, using the cues given. Example: 700 metres/ my house/ gym
d. didn't use to read
It is about 700 metres from my house to the gym. 1. 150 million kilometres/ Earth/ sun _____________________________________________________________ 2. 105 km/ Hanoi/ Hai Phong. _____________________________________________________________ 3. 500 metres/ my house/ my school _____________________________________________________________ 4. 170 km/ Quy Nhon City/ Pleiku City _____________________________________________________________ 5. not very far/ here/ Tan Son Nhat Airport _____________________________________________________________ 6. a long way to go/ Hue/ Ho Chi Minh city _____________________________________________________________ XII. Write sentences, using the cues given. Example: your house/ school/ 2 kilometres/ go/ bike. A: How far is it from hour house to school? B: It’s about 2 kilometres. A: How do you go to school? B: I go to school by bike. 1. your village/ the town/10 kilometres/ travel/ motorbike A: _____________________________________________________ B: _____________________________________________________ A: _____________________________________________________ B: _____________________________________________________ 2. Nga’s house/ her grandparents’ house/ 700 metres/ go/ foot A: _____________________________________________________ B: _____________________________________________________ A: _____________________________________________________ B: _____________________________________________________ 3. your hometown/ Ho Chi Minh city/ 900 kilometres/ travel/ train A: _____________________________________________________ B: _____________________________________________________ A: _____________________________________________________ B: _____________________________________________________ 4. Jim’s office/ the restaurant/ not very far/ go/ walk A: _____________________________________________________ B: _____________________________________________________ A: _____________________________________________________
B: _____________________________________________________ VIII. Fill in each blank with an appropriate preposition 1. Mai used to go to school __________ food when she was ________ primary school. 2. My father usually travels to Hanoi ____________plane. 3. Mai often cycles round the lake _________Saturday morning. 4. What are you doing ________ the weekend? 5. We were stuck __________a traffic jam for over two hours. 6. How far is your school________ your house? 7. I got ___________at the wrong stop and had to wait ________another bus. 8. Yesterday I saw a horrible accident__________ my way home from school. 9. Many years ago, people didn't use to be worried__________traffic jams. 10. It's illegal _________women to drive __________ Saudi Arabia . C. SPEAKING I. Write questions for the underlined parts Ann:
Hi Huan! (1)___________________________________________
Huan:
I came to class late this morning because I was stuck in a traffic jam.
Ann:
Really? (2)________________________________________
Huan:
Yes, my house is rather far from school
Ann:
(3)_______________________________________________
Huan:
Um...about 5 kilometres
Ann:
(4)_______________________________________________
Huan:
I go to school by bike.
Ann:
(5)_______________________________________________
Huan:
It takes me about 30 minutes. And it takes longer when the traffic is jammed.
Ann:
(6)______________________________________________
Huan:
I get stuck in a traffic jam once or twice a week.
Ann:
(7)______________________________________________
Huan:
I often get stuck in a traffic jam on Monday morning.
Ann:
(8)________________________________________________
Huan:
I usually go to school at 6.15.
Ann:
So why don't you start to school a little earlier on Monday?
Huan:
Okay, I'll try
II. Put the dialogue into the correct order. ___ Oh, I thought I could make a right turn on red here. ___ Here's your ticket. Please drive safely, ma'am. ___ Thank you, sir. _1_ Sir, did I do anything wrong? ___ No, ma'am. The sign says "No Turn on Red."
___ Yes, ma'am. Didn't you see the red light? ___ May I see your driver's license and insurance policy, please? I have to give you a ticket. ___ Oh, I guess I didn’t see it. ___ Here they are ___ Have a nice day, ma’am. D. READING I. Fill in each blank with a word from the box
safest
vehicles
only
far
crossroad
follow
across
reason
Children have a tendency to run very fast (1)__________ the street, or choose any spot to cross because it may seem empty, or approaching vehicles may be (2) __________ away. That can be dangerous as passing (3) __________ do not slow down unless there is a signal or a crossroad. This is the (4)____________ why pedestrian crossings and intersections are the (5)__________ places to cross. Children should cross (6)_________ at an intersection and use the pedestrian crossing. If they are in a small neighborhood where there is no (7)___________ should (8)____________ the rule 'stop, look both ways and cross'. II. Read the text carefully, then do the tasks. THE FIRST ELECTRIC TRAFFIC LIGHTS In the early 1900's, the world was developing at a very rapid pace, and with the growth of industrialization, cities became more crowded. Furthermore, with the invention automobiles, the traffic on the roads increased significantly, so there was a need for a better traffic system. In 1912, an American policeman, Lester Wire, who was concerned with the increasing traffic, came up with the idea of the first electric traffic light. Based on Wire's design, the lights were first installed in Cleveland, Ohio, on August 5, 1914, at the corner of 105th and Euclid Avenue The first electric traffic light had only red and green lights; it did not have a yellow light like modern- day traffic signals. Instead of a yellow light, it had a buzzer sound that was used to indicate that the signal would be changing soon. In the year 1920, a policeman named William Potts in Detroit, Michigan invented the first four-way and three-coloured traffic lights. Apart from red and green, a third colour - amber (or yellow) - was introduced. Detroit became the first city to implement the four-way and three-colored traffic lights. In the 1920's, several automated traffic signals were installed in major cities around the world. The modern traffic light still uses this famous T-shaped model with three different colors. A. Decide whether the following sentences are true (T) or false (F). 1. Due to the invention of cars, the traffic on the roads increased rapidly. 2. The first electric traffic light was invented in 1914 by Lester Wire. 3. The first electric traffic light had red, green and amber lights. 4. The yellow light didn’t exist until the 1920s. 5. Detroit was the first city to use the red, yellow, and green lights to control road traffic. 6. The modern traffic light works on the same principle as Wire’s original light. B. Answer the questions 1. When was the first electric traffic light invented? _______________________________________________ 2. Who invented the first electric traffic light? _______________________________________________
3. How many colours did the first electric traffic light have? _______________________________________________ 4. Where were the lights first installed? _______________________________________________ 5. What was used instead of yellow light to warn everyone of a signal change? ________________________________________________ 6. When was the yellow light added? ________________________________________________ E. WRITING I. Arrange the words to make meaningful sentences. 1. big/ traffic congestion/ can/ what/ do/ to/ we/ reduce/ cities/ in? ____________________________________________________________________ 2. is/ the/ your/ train station/ how/ hotel/ to/ far/ it/ from ? ____________________________________________________________________ 3. my/ it/ not/ is/ far/ very/ house/ from/ to/ school. ____________________________________________________________________ 4. think/ I/ it's/ time/ to/ do/ to/ reduce/ in/ something/ traffic jams/ Vietnam. ____________________________________________________________________ 5. used/ school/ on/ Mai/ foot/ she/ to/ go/ to/ was/ in/ when/ primary school. ____________________________________________________________________ 6 there/ city center/ traffic jams/ are/ the/ in/ rush hour/ often/ the/ in. ____________________________________________________________________ 7. about/ people/ use/ in/ worry/ the past/ traffic/ didn't/ congestion/ to. ____________________________________________________________________ 8. wear/ a/helmet/ compulsory/ is/ when/ in/ it/ to/ riding/ Vietnam/ a/ motorbike. ____________________________________________________________________ II. Complete the second sentences so that it has the same meaning as the first. 1. I went swimming every Thursday when I was at school. I used ____________________________________________________________ 2. Mai walked to school when she was in primary school. Mai went __________________________________________________________ 3. Why don't we cycle to the town at the weekend? How about ________________________________________________________? 4. The distance between my house and the nearest bookstore is about 2 kilometres It ________________________________________________________________ 5. The airport is not far from the hotel. The hotel is ________________________________________________________ 6. What’s the distance from Madrid to Barcelona?
How ______________________________________________________________ 7. Turn left into Lavalle Street and then go straight ahead. Make _____________________________________________________________ 8. Did your father use to drive to work? Did your father use to travel___________________________________________?
TEST FOR UNIT 7 I. Choose the word whose underlined part in pronounced differently from the rest. 1. a. breaking
b. great
c. steak
d. healthy
2. a. cycle
b. bicycle
c. fly
d. skyscraper
3. a. cycle
b. licence
c. vehicle
d. centre
4. a. reversed
b. walked
c. stopped
d. obeyed
5. a. park
b. pavement
c. plane
d. safety
II. Match the road signs with their meanings. No Overtaking No Left Turn Pedestrian Crossing Slippery Road Crossroads Parking Go Ahead Only Turn Right Railway Crossing Hospital Ahead
1.______________
2._____________
3._____________
4._____________
5.____________
6._____________
7.______________
8._____________
9.____________
10.______________
III. Choose the best answer a, b, c or d to complete the sentence. 1. You should walk across the street ______ the zebra crossing. a. on
b. at
c. in
d. from
2. My house is not far from my school, so I usually go ______. a. on foot
b. by foot
c. by car
d. by boat
3. This morning, I was ______ in a traffic jam and got to school fifteen minutes late. a. catch
b. block
c. struck
d. stuck
4. Turn on the left turn ______ before you make the turn and slow down. a. sign
b. direction
c. signal
d. crossing
5. It is ______ to use a hand-held mobile phone while driving or riding.
No
a. safe
b. important
c. illegal
d. careful
6. ______ does it take you to ride to school? – About 30 minutes. a. How long
b. How far
c. How often
d. How much
7. A ______ is a part of a road that only bicycles are allowed to use. a. cycle cross
b. cycle lane
c. cycle line
d. cycle race
8. You ______ cross the street when the light is red. a. should
b. don’t have to
c. can
d. mustn’t
9. People ______ produce as much rubbish as we do now. a. use to
b. used to
c. used to not d. didn’t use to
10. “How far is Vung Tau from Ho Chi Minh City”-“_______” A. It’s not very far
b. it takes about two hours or more.
c. It’s about 120km
d. You can get to Vung Tau by boat or bus.
IV. Write the correct from or tense of verbs in brackets. 1. ____________________ (you/ ever/ drive) on the wrong side of the road? 2. My family ______________ (fly) back from our Hong Kong holiday two days ago. 3. Right now, the students _______________ (learn) road signs in the schoolyard. 4. Usually Oanh ______________ (walk) to school, but this week she _____________ (ride) her bike. 5. The driver was so drunk that he ______________ (lose) control of his car. 6. If I have enough money, I _________________ (buy) a racing car. 7. My father ________________ (teach) me to ride a bike when I was seven. 8. Transport used ______________ (be) much slower three hundred years ago. 9. Saudi women weren’t allowed ______________ (drive) a car until recently. 10. In South Africa, you have to let animals ________________ (go) first. V. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets 1. Young children are expected to show _____________ to their parents. (obey) 2. When cycling on the roads, remember: _____________ first. (safe) 3. Children should avoid _____________ foods such as hamburger and chips. (health) 4. Most road accidents happen because the motorists drive _____________. (care) 5. It is unsafe and _____________ to pass another vehicle on the left. (legal) 6. My _____________ was delayed for over two hours due to bad weather. (fly) 7. Everyone should _____________ obey traffic rules for their own safety. (strict) 8. The policeman _____________ the car to stop with a flashlight. (sign) 9. Signs with red circles are mostly _____________ - that means you can’t do something. (prohibit) 10. This _____________ sign indicates that traffic lights are ahead. (warn) VI. There is one mistake in each sentence. Find and correct it. 1. I love Thai food now, but I didn’t used to like spicy food. 2. He can drive a bicycle with his hands off the handlebars. 3. We use to walk miles to school every day due to lack of public transport.
4. You are not allowed to drive faster than the number on a limit speed sign. 5. It about 1137 kilometres from Hanoi to Ho Chi Minh City. 6. Bicycles are a cheap and efficient mean of transport. 7. A sign within a red triangle will warn people for something. 8. Be careful when you are on roads. You must drive fast or carelessly! VII. Match the questions with the correct answers. 1. How does your father travel to word?
a. Oh, sorry sir, I don’t have it on me.
2. May I see your driving license, please.
b. was stuck in a traffic jam.
3. Sir, did I do anything wrong?
c. Not very far. Just about 2 km.
4. What took you so long?
d. Go straight ahead, then turn right at the crossroads.
5. What is the fastest means of transport?
e. Yes, sir, You ran through the stop sign. f. By motorbike.
6. How far is it from here to the railway station? 7. Could you tell me how to get to the nearest bus stop, please? 8. How long will it take to get there?
g. Twenty minutes.
h. The plane, I think.
VIII. Choose the word which best fits each gap. Staying safe on foot and bike Look out for yourself and your friends when out (1)________ foot and bike. Choose the (2) ________ routes you can like quieter, slower roads, with pavements if you’re walking or (3) ________ if you’re going by bike. It’s easy to get distracted by your phone or by friends, but you need to be (4)________ to traffic. Put your phone away and take your earphones (5)________ when crossing the road. Don’t trust that drivers (6)_______ spot you and be able to stop in time – many drivers go too fast and don’t (7) ________ enough attention, (8)________ anything you can do to protect yourself is a good thing. 1. a. on
b. in
c. by
d. with
2. a. safe
b. safer
c. safest
d. safely
3. a. zebra crossings
b. cycle paths
c. footpaths
d. bumpy roads
4. a. risky
b. warning
c. serious
d. alert
5. a. off
b. over
c. out
d. down
6. a. must
b. will
c. could
d. should
7. a. pay
b. make
c. turn
d. take
8. a. but
b. so
c. though
d. because
IX. Read the text carefully, then do the tasks. Large cities often have problems that small towns and rural areas do not have. Two of the biggest problems are heavy traffic and the pollution that cars create. Of course. Traffic problems and pollution are not only found in big cities. However, the higher populations and larger number of cars on the roads in cities can make the problems happen more often and with more noticeable effects. One of the most common traffic problems the large cities have is congestion. As the population of a city increases, so does the number of cars on the road. Cities cannot always improve the number
and size of their roads and highways to keep up with the number of cars. The result is traffic congestion, or traffic jams. When traffic jams happen, cars that are stuck in the congestion continue to run their engines. This creates pollution and is a big problems. Pollution causes health problems for the people in cities and also hurts the environment. A. Match the words with their meanings. 1. rural
a. being too crowded or too full
2. noticeable
b. unable to move
3. congestion c. easy to see or recognize 4. traffic jam
d. in the countryside, not in the city
5. stuck
e. too many vehicles in one place prevents
B. Choose the correct answers. 1. Where do traffic problems and pollution frequently happen? a. small towns b. rural areas
c. big cities
d. remote villages
2. According to the passage, what causes traffic congestion in big cities? a. A lot of city dwellers
b. Too many cars on the roads
c. Careless drivers
d. Less traffic signs on the streets
3. The high number of cars is caused by_________ a. urban planning
b. traffic congestion
c. environmental pollution
d. the population
4. The highway and road network is ________ of meeting the requirement of increasing number of vehicles. a. full
b. aware
c. incapable
5. Which of the followings is NOT true? 5. a. Only big cities have the problem of pollution. b. Traffic jams cause pollution c. Pollution is a major problem in big cities. d. Pollution causes health and environmental problems. X. Make sentences using the words given. 1. The roads/ Vietnam/ too/ narrow/ travel/ easily. _____________________________________________________ 2. How far/ it/ your house/ the bookstore? _____________________________________________________ 3. Mai/ used/ go/ school/ foot/ when/ she/ primary school. _____________________________________________________ 4. It/ very important/ obey/ traffic rules/ when/ use/ road. ______________________________________________________ 5. It/ ten kilometres/ the town/ the airport. ______________________________________________________ 6. Two days ago/ we/ stuck/ traffic jam/ over two hours.
d. uncertain
______________________________________________________ 7. Most streets/ city centre/ congested/ rush hour ______________________________________________________ 8. you/ use/ have/ tricycle/ when/ child? ______________________________________________________
UNIT 8: FILMS A. PHONETICS I. Put the words into the correct column depending on how the ending –ed is pronounced. Pulled, opened, closed, featured, decided, showed, danced, saved, suggested, walked, enjoyed, needed, watched, attended, waited, finished, hated, painted, stopped, ended, engaged, laughed, performed, wanted, looked, cried, directed, relaxed, described, increased, brushed, touched /t/ /d/ /id/
II. Choose the word that has the ending pronounced differently. 1. a. escaped b. liked c. decided d. washed. 2. a. moved b. gripped c. remembered d. encouraged 3. a. matched b. dressed c. started d. decreased 4. a. excited b. annoyed c. bored d. terrified 5. a. borrowed b. explained c. tried d. succeeded B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. Complete the sentences with the types of film in the box Honor
animation
thriller
science-fiction (sci-fi)
adventure
Action
romantic
comedies
documentary comedies
romance
1. A __________ is an exciting film, especially about murder or serious crimes 2. ___________ film features lots of monsters such as Frankenstein, or Dracula that make you scream and be afraid, very afraid! 3. ______________ are sweet films that include romance, but also lots of funny moments as well 4. In general, _______________ make you laugh – a lot! 5. ________________ films are about imaginary events in the future or in outer space 6. A _______________ is a film that investigate some real – life story 7. In _______________ film the heroes have lots of battles, do incredible stunts and drive fast 8. ______________ films use computer graphics to make elaborate stories 9. ______________ films have a main character who’s usually either on a conquest or exploration 10. ______________ films are stories of people finding each other and falling in love. II.Underline the correct types of film 1. “Avatar” ís a science fiction/ comedy film written and directed by James Cameron.
2. “Alice in Wonderland” is a fantasy/ horror film with Johnny Depp.
3.
“Die hard” is a popular action film/ musical with plenty of guns, explosions and high – speed car chases
4.
“Toy story 3” is a successful animation/ war film
5.
“You’ve got Mail” is a romantic comedy/ thriller that’s full of laugh and love
6.
“Shrek” is a very funny film that makes people laugh. “Shrek”’ is a romance/ comedy
7.
“The Exorcist” is probably one of the scariest cartoons/ horror films of all time
8.
“The King’s speed” is a historical drama/ war film based on the true story of British King George VI and his speech defect.
III. Match the words to their definitions. 1. gripping a. funny and interesting 2. scary b. extremely good 3. violent c. causing strong feelings of sadness or sympathy 4. boring d. very surprising, and difficult to believe 5. moving e. not surprising 6. entertaining f. frightening 7. predictable g. using or involving force to hurt or attack 8. hilarious h, very exciting 9. shocking i. not interesting 10. incredible j. extremely funny IV. Complete the sentences with the correct adjectives above 1. The film was so ___________ that Mrs. Brown cried at the end 2. Romance move plots have become so __________________ that you can tell exactly what’s coming
3. My mother can’t stand war film because they’re too ___________________. 4. It was an action film, but it was so __________________ that I fell asleep in the middle 5. We laughed all the way through the film. It was so ______________________. 6. That thriller was so ______________. I couldn’t take my eyes off the screen for a second. 7. Sam always has nightmares after watching ____________ movies 8. The ending of The Sixth Sense was really _____________. It surprised me a lot. 9. The Meyerowitz Stories is getting some ______________ reviews and should be one to add your watch list. 10. Most historical movies are both educational and __________________. V. Complete the sentences with the words from the box. Critics Survey
star
plot director
review
disaster
documentaries
special effect must - see
1. In our _________________, we ask you to vote for your favorite film 2. The _____________ of the film was too complicated – I couldn’t understand it 3. Manohla Dargis is one of the chief film __________ of the New York Times 4. My younger brother enjoys watching ______________ about wild animals. 5. Bruce Lee’s martial arts movies made him an international film __________________. 6. The Godfather is one of ________________ film for movie lovers 7. James Cameron’s film about the Titanic _________________ won 11 Oscars. 8. I read a _________________ of that film and it sounds really interesting. 9. The ________________________ were amazing! The spaceships all seemed real! 10. The _______________________ shouted “Action!” and the actor started running VI. Complete the sentences with the correct adjective form of the words in brackets. 1. I find horror films really ___________________ and not at all fun to watch. (frighten) 2. Sometimes I get really ____________________ when I can’t express myself will in English. (frustrate) 3. The film was so ______________________! There was no happy ending for any of the characters. (depress) 4. If I feel ___________________, I find watching a romance comedy is often _________. ( stress – relax) 5. The news was so _____________ that she burst into tear. 6. Kathy was so ________________ when she saw the dinosaur bones at the museum (amaze) 7. The teacher was really _______________ so the lesson passed quickly (amuse) 8. Whoever Adrian gets _____________, he goes fishing (bore) 9. We all were _______________ with the results if the test. (disappoint) 10. Of course, action movies are ______________. That’s why I like them (excite) VII. Underline the correct form Alice: That was a very (1) excited/ exciting movie. What did you think? Jake: To be honest, I found It kind of (2) bored/ boring. I’m not (3) interested/ interesting in science fiction Alice: Really? I find it (4) fascinated/ fascinating. What kind of movies do you enjoy? Jake: Mostly comedies. Have you seen Home Again? Alice: Yes, but I wasn’t (5) amused/ amusing at all. In fact, I thought it was horrified/ horrifying. The story line was (7)confused/ confusing, and I couldn’t find any humor in the character’s problem. When I left the theatre, I feel rather (8) depressed/ depressing. Jake: I’m (9) amazed/ amazing that you felt that way! I thought it was very (10) amused/ amusing. Alice: Well, I guess it’s a matter of taste. VII. Choose the correct answer 1. I got really ____________ when I saw the main character being killed. a. confused b. frightened c. bored d. amused 2. The film was so __________ that the two girls next to me couldn’t stop crying. a. Moving b. thrilling c. exciting d. fascinating 3. Critics were ____________ at John Travolta in Pup Fiction. He was unexpectedly good.
a. Worried b. interested c. disappointed d. surprised 4. It is a ___________ tale of a haunted house and the ghosts therein. a. Amusing b. shocking c. thrilling d. pleasing 5. We were _________ that we couldn’t get tickets to see the film. a. Terrified b. satisfied c. relaxed d. disappointed 6. The ending of “American Psycho” was so _____________. It left viewers with questions. a. Confusing b. exhausting c. horrifying d. moving . My brother was so __________ he couldn’t watch the film. a. Overwhelmed b. scared c. annoyed d. excited 8. The Adventures of Macro Polo (1938) was highly __________, but lacked historical accuracy. a. disgusting b. encouraging c. entertaining d. exhausting 9. James finds sci-fi movies really ________. He enjoys watching then a. terrifying b. embarrassing c. concerning d. fascinating 10. Whenever I feel ___________, I watch a comedy that makes me laugh and feel better. a. depressed b. amused c. exhausted d. thrilled IX. Complete the sentences, using although + a clause of despite/ in spite of + a noun phrase from the box. Ben Stiller was the star of this movie the fact that they split up over forty years ago those poor reviews Meryl Streep is most well know for her many Oscar-worthy performances I didn’t find the film at all frightening being a well-reviewed hit knowing it is not true most critics agreed that the film was her best ever 1. ___________, my brother was so scared that he couldn’t watch it. 2. I was disappointed by her performance___________ 3. Courage Under Fire didn’t win an Oscar___________ 4. ___________, it was Ferrel who stole the show. 5. The movie had a successful box-office performance___________ 6. ___________, the Beatles are still incredibly popular. 7. ___________, her status was reaffirmed after the hug box-office success of Mama Mia!. 8. We jump or yell when we see a horror movie___________ X. Join the two sentences using the word in brackets. 1. Glenne Close hasn’t won a single Oscar. She has been nominated six times, (although) ____________________________________________________________________________ 2. Brian Stone is a famous singer. He can’t sing folk song. (despite) ____________________________________________________________________________ 3. Some people said the film was terrible. I found it quite gripping. (Though) ____________________________________________________________________________ 4. It was a horror film. It wasn’t frightening at all. (in spite of) ____________________________________________________________________________ 5. The movie was a box-office failure. It had an all-star cast. (even though) ____________________________________________________________________________ 6. The film had good reviews. It was entirely ignored by awards bodies, (despite) ____________________________________________________________________________ 7. People criticized the movie for being too violent. The movie was a commercial success. (in spite of) 8. I liked it a great deal. I will likely never watch it again, (although) ____________________________________________________________________________ 9. The film had largely negative reception. Penn was nominated for Best Actor. (despite) ____________________________________________________________________________
10. Critic reviews were favorable. The film was pulled early from theaters due to low ticket sales. (although) ____________________________________________________________________________ XI. Complete the sentences with although, despite/ in spite of, however/ nevertheless. 1. Leonardo Dicaprio is a talented actor; ______________________ , he only won an Oscar after six nominations. 2. ____ ____________ the negative reviews, Jurassic World reached $1 billion in ticket sales. 3. Linh wanted to see Wall-E. ____________________ , the showing week fell on her semesterexamination. 4._______________ it has found its fans over time, Empire Records only made $300,000 atthe box office. 5. Finding Nemo was a successful animation film ------------------------------- its low budget. 6. Out of Africa didn’t win any acting Oscars---------------------------------- starring Meryl Streepand Robert Redford. 7. The film barely made back its budget. --------------------------------------- , critics and fans had a lot of positive things to say about it. 8. ______________animation is not my favorite genre, I really like Zootopia. 9. Titanic is a really good movie; ______________, it is not for anyone under the age of sixteen. 10. ______________ it is loved by fans today, Clue had a rough start when it opened in 1985. XII. Fill in each blank with an appropriate preposition. 1. The Lord of the Rings is showing ______________ Odyssey Cinema ------------- 10.30 a.m. 2. Watching a horror film can be very frightening -------------------------a child. 3. Saving Private Ryan is a war movie____________ soldiers fighting in World War II. 4. The film was so gripping that I couldn’t take my eyes ------------------------- the screen. 5. Are you scared ____________ watching a horror film? 6. The last movie starring Julia Roberts_________________ a professor was Mona Lisa Smile. 7. They spent Sil million____________making “Star Wars in 1977. 8.Brokeback Mountain is based __________________ the short story by author Annie Proulx. 9. The film is _______________ a guy who travels back in time to save the planet. 10. We could call the cinema to see what’s____________tonight C. SPEAKING 1. Complete the dialogue with the sentences from the box. let's meet outside the cinema at Ó.45. what kind of film is it? what is it about? how about going to the cinema tonight? what's on?
what are you doing this evening? who does it star? when is it on?
Mai: (1) ______________________________________________________ Jane: Nothing special. Why? Mai: (2) ______________________________________________________ Jane: Good idea! (3)________________________________________ Mai: There is a Korean movie on at Grand Cinema. It’s My Little Bride. Jane: (4)._________________________________________________ Mai: It’s a romantic comedy. They say it’s very good and funny. Jane: (5) _________________________________________________ Mai: It’s about an arranged marriage between a female high school student and a male college student. Jane: That sounds good. (6) _________________________________ Mai: Moon Geun-young and Kim Rae-won. Jane: Oh, they’re two of my favourite actors. (7) _________________________________________ Mai: At 7 o’clock. Jane: Well, (8) ___________________ Mai: OK. See you then! 8. Put the dialogue into the correct order.
— — — —
Some are entertaining, but I find most of them stupid and childish. I m sorry. I have some homework to do tonight. I can’t stand western and horror. So, what is your most favourite horror film? 1 What type of movies do you like? — The Ring.I m going to watch it again tonight. Do you want to watch it? -— That s an interesting combination. How about western movies? — Why don t you like horror? They’re entertaining, I think. — I’m fascinated by scary movies. — I like some sorts of movies, primarily drama and science fiction. D. READING Stars wizard critics fantasy Worldwide based
academy
released
Harry Potter and the Philosopher’s Stone is a (1) _________________ film directed by Chris Columbus. It is (2) ________ _____on J. K. Rowling’s 1997 novel of the same name. The film’s story follows Harry Potter’s first year at Hogwarts School of Witchcraft and Wizardry as he discovers that he is a (3) _____________________________ and has magical powers. Thefilm (4)__________Daniel Radcliffe as Harry Potter, with Rupert Grint as Ron Weasley,and Emma Watson as Hermione Granger. The film was (5) _____________ to cinemas in November 2001. It earned over US$976 million at the box office (6) ________________ and received generally positive reviews from the (7)____________. The film was nominated for many awards, including (8) __________________ Awards for Best Original Score, Best Art Direction and Best Costume Design. II. Read the text carefully, then do the tasks. In the UK, the cinema is very popular and a lot of young people go there. But, I what types of film do they watch? I Jack, 14 I love going to the cinema because there are always eight films on at our local cinema complex, and it’s really modern. The ice cream is fantastic and there’s great popcorn and other snacks. I go with my friends every Friday. We all like science fiction films with action and suspense. We are also great fans of special effects, so we love films like Avatar and Transformers. Katie, 13 I don’t like horror films or science fiction films but I love romantic comedies. One of my favorite films is The Proposal. It’s about a woman who decides to marry her assistant, but they’re not really in love. His family, in Alaska, try to organize a traditional wedding ... it’s very funny. In the end, they fall in love, of course. I don’t go to the cinema much, because there isn’t a cinema near me. I watch films on DVD a few months later A. Decide if the following statements are true (T) or false (F). 1. There isn’t any movie theatre near Jack’s house. 2. Katie’s favorite film is a love story. 3. They sell good ice cream and popcorn in the local cinema complex. 4. Jack and Katie enjoy the same types of film. 5. Jack and his friends like to see movies with special effects. 6. Katie doesn’t go to the cinema a lot because she prefers watching films on DVD. B. Answer the questions. 1. Do young people in the UK like going to the cinema? 2. What kind of movies does Jack like? _________________________________________________________ 3. How often does Jack go to the cinema? _________________________________________________________ 4. Does Jack like his local cinema?
_________________________________________________________ 5. What kind of film is The Proposal? _________________________________________________________ 6. Why doesn’t Katie go to the cinema a lot? _________________________________________________________ E. WRITING I. Arrange the words to make sentences meaningful. 1. the/ too/ she/ film/ far/ thought/ violent/ to/ to/ children/ show. _________________________________________________________ 2. his/ the/ ever/ latest/ funniest/ he/ film/ is/ of/ has/ one/ made. _________________________________________________________ 3. Halloween/ frightening/ ever/ seen/ is/ one/ most/ films/ of/ the/ I/ have _________________________________________________________ 4. an/documentary/ on/ night/ television/was/ last/ there/ interesting. _________________________________________________________ 5. time/ Titanic/ is/ successful/ one/ most/ of/ the/ movies/ of/ James Cameron’s/ all. _________________________________________________________ 6. all/ it/ although/ film/ the/ has/ plot/ a/ very/ simple/ we/ enjoyed. _________________________________________________________ 7. the/ received/ bad/ good/ and/ film/ reviews/ some/ ones/ some. _________________________________________________________ 8. despite/ failed/ film/ to/ having/ do/ good/ popular/ business/ cast/ star/ the/ a. _________________________________________________________ II. Rewrite the following sentences that keep the same meaning. 1. They released Avengers: Infinity War in April 2018. Avengers: Infinity War___________________________________________________ 2. He didn’t win an Oscar for Best Actor although he performed excellently. Despite___________________________________________________ 3. I find watching Monster Inc. very interesting. I am___________________________________________________ 4. Despite his English-sounding name, James Martin is in fact German. Although___________________________________________________ 5. Unless the bus arrives on time, we’ll miss the beginning of the film. If___________________________________________________ 6. Let’s go to the cinema tonight. How about ________________________________________________________________________ 7. The last time I saw an American romance was three months ago. I haven’t __________________________________________________________________________ 8. The plot wasn’t very interesting, but the special effects were spectacular. Although _________________________________________________________________________
TEST FOR UNIT 8 I. Choose the word that has the ending pronounced differently from the other. 1. A. gripping B. fiction C. violent D. thriller 2. A. engaged B. gripped C. laughed D. wrecked 3. A. critic B. comedy C. cartoon D. cinema 4. A. terrified B. based C. starred D. entertained 5. A. feature B. theatre C. screen D. must-see II. Choose the odd one out 1. A. honor B. adventure C. gripping D. action 2. A. director B. comedy C. producer D. actress 3. A. touching B. hilarious C. scary D. western 4. A. awful B. entertaining C. fascinating D. exciting 5. A. thrilling B. touching C. terrifying D. must-see III. Fill in the gap with the type of the film 1. A movie that makes you laugh is a _________________ 2. A movie that makes you scream is a _________________ film 3. A story that is exciting with lots of guns and explosions is an ____________ movie 4. Movies about future, aliens from space or space travel are ______________films. 5. A movie about real life is a ____________________. 6. An ____________________ is a film in which drawing of people and animals seem to move 7. A film that tells an exciting story about murder and crime is a ________________ 8. A humorous film about love story is a _____________________. IV. Choose the correct answer a, b, c, or d to complete the sentences. 1. Colin Firth won his first Oscar for best lead actor ___________ England’s King George VI. A. As B. with C. Of D. in 2. Twelve Years a Slave is based ______ a true story of Solomon Northup A. in B. by C. on D. from 3. “What _________ of film is the Matrix?” – “Science fiction”. A. ranking B. plot C. review D. kind 4. Critic say Midnight Run is a must –see ___________ it is funny and exciting. A. Although B. because C. however D. therefore 5. Vin Diesel _________ in many action films, including The Fast and Furious series. A. Starred B. made C. produced D. directed 6. ___________ an all- star cast, Hotel Artemis was a total box- office failure. A. Because of B. Although C. Despite D. In spite 7. The special effects in Jurassic Park are ___________! The dinosaurs look so real and alive A. Visible B. incredible C. terrible D. believable 8. For a ___________, that film wasn’t very funny. I didn’t laugh once. A. Thriller B. romance C. documentary D. comedy 9. That vampire film was extremely ____________. I had my eyes closed half on the time! A. hilarious B. moving C. gripping D. scary 10. “Could I ask you a few question about your favorite movies?”____________________ A. That sound good. C. Sure. Go ahead B. Not a bad idea D. But I don’t want to. V. Write the correct tense or form of verbs in bracket. 1. What is the best horror movie you _____________________ (see) so far? 2. Tom Hanks _______________(win) an Oscar for playing Forrest Gump in 1994. 3. I ________________ (watch) a very interesting Korean drama at present. 4. Kong – Skull Island _____________________ (direct) by Jordan Vogt – Roberts. 5. The film was a commercial success although it __________________ (not receive) good reviews from critics. 6. __________________ (your brother/ usually/ watch) movies at home or the cinema? 7. What __________________ (you/ do) tomorrow night? 8. Joanna ________________________ (not be) to the cinema since November.
9. The last film I ______________________ (see) at the cinema was an action film called Fast and Furious. 10. Clint Eastwood became one of the most respected directors, in spite of ___________ (be) known for his western. VI. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets. 1. The director was so _______________ with the actors that he fired all of them. (satisfy) 2. La la Land was _________________ one of the best –reviewed films of 2016. (famous) 3. It was supposed to be a horror film but it wasn’t very ____________________. (frighten) 4. Julia Roberts is one of the most famous ____________________ in Hollywood. (act) 5. Jennifer Lawrence became a huge star after her excellent ____________ in The Hunger Games. (perform) 6. The Day After Tomorrow shows a _____________ and abrupt climate change. (disaster) 7. The Ring is probably one of the ____________________ horror films of all time. (scare) 8. Despite _______________, Zero becomes the 10th highest grossing film of 2018. (critic) 9. I find nature documentaries every ______________. I learn a lot from them. (educate) 10. Released in September 2018, The Nun ______________ at the box office despite bad reviews. (success) VII. Each sentence has a mistake. Find and correct it. 1. Two days ago, I see a movie on Netflix with my parents. 2. The final Lord of the Rings film is a good example of a made-well action film. 3. I read a review of that film and it sounds really interest. 4. The film didn’t win any acting Oscars despite of starring Meryl Streep and Robert Redford. 5. Frozen is one of the most popular animations of all time. 6. My brother likes watching action films although they are fast and exciting. 7. Kate Winslet and Leonardo DiCaprio play ill-pated lovers of the romance “Titanic”. 8. The film failed to do good business in spite of have a popular star cast. VIII.Match the answers with the correct questions. 1. Have you ever watched a horror movie? a. Fast and Furious 2. What kind of movies do you like? b. Yes, why not? 3. What is the best movie you’ve seen so far? c. Robert Downey Jr., Chris Hemsworth and Mark 4. Who is your favorite actor? Ruffalo. 5. Why don’t you like romantic comedies? d. Because they’re too predictable 6. Let’s go see Avengers, Infinity War tonight. e. No, I don’t like the feeling of being scared. 7. What kind of film is it? f. It’s a superhero film 8. Who does the film star? g. Vin Diesel h. Action and science fiction IX. Choose the word which best fits each gap. We all know Katniss Everdeen in The Hunger Games, but (1) _________ is the actress who plays her, Jennifer Lawrence? Jennifer Lawrence was (2) ________ on August 15, 1990 in Kentucky, U.S. When she saw a child, Lawrence knew that she wanted to act, and she began performing in school plays and local theatre. (3) _______ the age of 14, hoping to break into acting and modeling, she went with her mother to New York city to look for work. She (4) _________ in advertisements for MTV and the fashion company H&M and got work as an actress on TV. Her family moved to Los Angeles to allow her to further her career. In 2010, Lawrence played the (5) _________ in the film Winter’s Bone and she was nominated for many awards including an Oscar. In 2012, she starred in the film The Hunger Games (6) ________ Katniss Everdeen. Lawrence also starred in another (7) ________ film in 2012, director David O. Russell’s Silver Lining Playbook and at the age of 22 she became the second (8) ____________ woman to win the Academy Award for Best Actress for her performance in Silver Lining Playbook. 1. A. what B. who C. which D. whom 2. A. bear B. beared C. born D. bore 3. A. of B. in C. By D. At 4. A. appeared B. attended C. starred D. made
5. A. acting B. lead 6. A. as B. for 7. A. complicated B. ordinary 8. A. young B. younger X. Read the text carefully, then do the tasks
C. performance C. with C. delicious C. youngest
D. scenery D. of D. notable D. youth
Skyfall is one of the best action films in recent years. Released in 2012, it stars Daniel Craig as secret James Bond and Spanish actor Javier Bardem in the role of Raoul Silva, the villain in this film. The plot involves a genius computer hacker who is an ex- spy. He wants to take revenge on the organization he used to work for and James Bond has to prevent this from happening. There are a lot of exciting action scenes as Bond pursues him around the world. Can he stop him before it is too late? The film is set in a variety of locations including Istanbul, Shanghai, Macau, London and Scotland, which gives it a very international atmosphere. The soundtrack is impressive and includes the theme song “Skyfall”, performed by English singer Adele. The acting is also of a very high standard and Bardem brings his character to life with a dazzling and memorable performance. A. Match the words to their definitions. 1. The main bad character in a film a. Soundtrack 2. Very intelligent and skillful b. Dazzling 3. The story of a film c. Scene 4. A part of a film in which the action happens in one place d. Villain 5. The recorded music from a film e. Genius 6. Extremely impressive f. Plot B. Answer the question 1. What kind of film is Skyfall. _________________________________________________________ 2. When did the film come out in cinemas? _________________________________________________________ 3. Who are the main character? _________________________________________________________ 4. Who plays the baddie in the film? _________________________________________________________ 5. What is Skyfall about? _________________________________________________________ 6. Where is the film set in? _________________________________________________________ 7. Who sang the theme song for Skyfall? _________________________________________________________ 8. What does the writter say about Javier Bardem’s performance? _________________________________________________________ XI. Rewrite the sentences using the words in brackets, without changing the meaning. 1. I’ve never seen such a boring movie. (most) It_________________________________________________________ 2. Watching science fiction movies is one of my interests. (arm) I_________________________________________________________ 3. How long is it since you wnt to the cinema. (last) When_____________________________________________________ 4. Although she was scared, she enjoyed watching horror movies. (spite) In _________________________________________________________ 5. Why don’t we go out to dinner and a movie? (suggested) She ________________________________________________________
6. Despite the heavy rain, they still went hiking. (it) Although____________________________________________________ 7. It was such a gripping movie that I watched it three times. (that) The movie___________________________________________________ 8. The traffic was terrible, but we arrived on time. (despite) We ________________________________________________________ UNIT 9: FESTIVALS AROUND THE WORLD
A. PHONETICS I. Put the words into the correct column depending on the stressed syllable. perform, culture, describe, manner, machine, country, relax, prefer, village, beauty,compete, happy, begin, season, parade, gravy, prepare, turkey, gather, abroad, amazed, candle, expect, listen, answer, alone, costume, attend, greasy discuss Stress on 1st syllable
Stress on 2nd syllable
II. Rewrite the word to show the stressed syllable in capitals. Example: picture -> PICture 1. follow
_______________
2. festive
_______________
3. allow
_______________
4.ethnic
_______________
5. asleep
_______________
6.enjoy_______________
7. finish
_______________
8. music
9. report
_______________
10. Christmas _______________
11. firework
_______________
12. between
_______________
13. decide
_______________
14. harvest
_______________
15. agree
_______________
16. mistake
_______________
_______________
III. Circle the word that has different stress pattern from the others. 1. A. happen
B. enter
C. award
D. ridden
2. A. culture
B. parade
C. weather
D. cannon
3. A. receive
B. finish
C. direct
D. compete
4.A. visit
B. famous
C. wonder
D. protect
5. A. critic
B. event
C. machine
D. mistake
B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. What festival are they? Write the name of the festival. Christmas Tet La Tomatina Halloween Thanksgiving Mid-Autumn Festival Ghost Festival Easter Rio Carnival Diwali
1
It is the Vietnamese New Year marking the arrival of spring based on the Lunar calendar. ____________________
2
It is celebrated on October 31, and children dress up in costumes, visit people’s houses and ask for candy or treats. _________________
3
It is a Brazilian festival held before Lent. The highlight of Carnival is the Samba Parade which is not to be missed!_________________________
4
It is a religious holiday which celebrates the birth of Jesus Christ.____________________
5
It is a tomato fight festival which takes place in August in Buiiol, Spain._____________________
6
It is the Hindu festival of lights, which is celebrated in autumn every year.______________________
7
It is celebrated in Canada and the United States as a day of giving thanks for the blessing of the harvest and the new year.____________________
8
It is a traditional Buddhist festival in which ceremonies are held to welcome the ghosts and spirits. ____________________
9
It is held on the 15th day of the 8th lunar month with the fullest moon at night. Mooncakes and lanterns are the features of the festival. ____________________
10
It is a holiday which celebrates the resurrection of Jesus from the dead. ____________________
II. Complete the sentences with the words from the box.
parade celebrations highlight feast chaos festivals greasy religious seasonal superstitious
1. Christmas is considered the most famous ______________ 2. Korean New Year’s ______________ hanbok.
festival of the world.
begin with everyone wearing traditional dresscalled
3. Rock in Rio is one of the world’s biggest music ______________. 4. Pongal is a ______________ festival celebrated to mark the harvest of crops and offer aspecial thanksgiving to God. 5. The Samba ______________ is the main attraction of the Rio Carnival celebration. 6. Thanksgiving is traditionally celebrated with a ______________ among family and friends. 7. “Ham up a ______________ pole” is one of the traditions of La Tomatina. 8. The ______________ of Carnival is the Samba Parade which is not to be missed! 9. When a loud signal goes off, trucks loaded with tomatoes enter and then begins the ____________ 10. According to ______________ belief, Friday the 13th is an unlucky day.
III.
Fill in each blank with the correct form of the word in brackets.
1. A masquerade is a ______________ gathering of people wearing masks, (festival)
2. We went out for a
______________ dinner at a nearby beach restaurant, (celebrate)
3. ______________ in a lion dance outfit show off their moves at the Rio Carnival, (perform) 4. The Rio Carnival Samba
______________ are known as the greatest show on Earth! (parade)
5. A music festival includes live ______________ of singing and musical instrumentplaying, (perform) 6. Hue Festival is a ______________ event that is held every two years, (culture) 7. New Year’s Eve is one of the largest global ______________ because it marks the lastday of the year, (celebrate) 8. The Saint Patrick’s Day marchers were ______________ up Fifth Avenue, (parade)
IV. Underline the adverbial phrase, and write the question It answers on the line. 1. La Tomanita Festival is held in Spain.
Where?
2. She went online for more information about Diwali festival. ______________ 3. The Lantern Festival is celebrated on the 15th day of the first lunar month. ______________ 4. The Cooper’s Hill Cheese-Rolling has been held for around 200 years. ______________ 5. The Lim festival takes place every year. ______________ 6. The three official festival days are held In a joyful and exciting way. ______________ 7. The parade coursed around the town square.
______________
8. Thousands of fans travel to Belgium to attend Tomorrowland. ______________ 9. Tet is usually celebrated between late January or early February. ______________ 10.The Ziro Music Festival is celebrated with a lot of energy and enthusiasm. ______________
V. Complete the conversation with the adverbial phrases in the box. on the 15th day of the 8th lunar month to bring happiness and joy to the kids in some Asian countries along the streets
in your country In the evening of the day so much every year
Michael: Is there any festival for children (1)_________________________, Nam? Nam: Oh, yes. It’s the Mid-Autumn Festival. Michael: When is the Mid-Autumn Festival held? Nam: It is held (2)______________________________________ Michael: Where is it celebrated besides Vietnam? Nam: It is also celebrated (3) ____________________, such as China, Japan, Singapore, South Korea, etc. Michael: How often does this festival take place? Nam: It takes place (4) ___________________________________ Michael: What is the purpose of this festival? Nam: The main purpose of celebration is (5) _______________________________ Michael: How is the Mid-Autumn Festival celebrated in Vietnam?
Nam:
(6)____________________, when the moon is rising, children pour into streets carrying their beautiful lanterns, singing and parading (7)______________________. They also have a chance to enjoy lots of delicious candies and mooncakes. They’re all happy and enjoy the day (8)________________________________.
VI. Fill in each blank with a suitable question words. 1. ____________ is the most important festival in Vietnam? - Tet or Tet Nguyen Dan. 2. ____________ is Saint Patrick’s Day celebrated? - On 17 March. 3. ____________
is La Tomatina festival held? - In Bunol town, Spain.
4. ____________
does Hue Festival take place? - Every two years.
5. ____________
people attend Oktoberfest Festival every year? - More than 6 million.
6. ____________
does the Carnival in Rio de Janeiro last? - For five days.
7. ____________
come to the Cannes Film Festival? - Film directors, stars, and critics.
8. ____________
of festivals is Glastonbury? - It’s a music festival.
9. ____________
do people go to music festivals? - Because they love music.
10. ____________ is Diwali celebrated? - It’s celebrated with music, lights, and fireworks.
VII.
Make questions for the underlined parts.
1. Tomorrowland is an electronic dance music festival. → ____________________________________________________________________ 2. The Songkran Festival is usually celebrated between 13 and 16 April. → ____________________________________________________________________ 3. Vietnamese people go to pagodas at Tet to pray for a year of good luck and happiness. → ____________________________________________________________________ 4. Diwali is celebrated by millions of Hindus, Sikhs and latns across the world. → ____________________________________________________________________ 5. The Vietnamese celebrate Tet with family gatherings, traditional foods, and lion dances. → ____________________________________________________________________ 6. The festival site is three miles from the nearest town of Shepton Mallet. → ____________________________________________________________________ → ____________________________________________________________________ 7. During Tet, children and the elderly receive lucky money put in red envelopes. → ____________________________________________________________________ 8. It cost about £400 to go to Glastonbury Festival last year. → ____________________________________________________________________ 9. Many people went to Han River to witness the Danang International Fireworks Festival. → ____________________________________________________________________ 10. Jean visits Dalat every two years to attend the Dalat Flower Festival. → ____________________________________________________________________
VIII. Fill in each blank with a correct preposition. 1. Elephant Race Festival is held _________ Dak Lak province. 2. At La Tomatina, people throw tomatoes _________
each other.
3. Halloween is celebrated _________ October 31st. 4. Thanksgiving originated
_________a harvest festival.
5. _________Christmas Eve, we sit in front of the fire and read Christmas stories. 6. The custom of giving eggs _________
Easter celebrates new life.
7. We decorated our Christmas tree _________ 8. La Tomatina is held _________
red bows and colorful ornaments.
the last Wednesday of August every year.
9. Hoi Mua Festival is held to thank the Rice God _________ crops in the future.
the crop and to pray _____
better
10. _________the morning, many people tried to climb_________ the pole to get the ham.
C. SPEAKING I. Complete the dialogue with appropriate sen sentences. Write the letters of the sentences (A - G)
A. How do the Scot celebrate Hogmanay? B. I've always wanted to spend New Year in Scotland C. Was the street crowded with people? D. What did you do for your holidays last year? E. What else happened at the Hogmanay celebration? F. Did you go to the street party? G. Oh, what a night! Jane: I can’t wait for the Christmas and New Year holidays. Andrew: Me too. (1) __________________________________________________ Jane: Well, I spent time with my family at Christmas. And then I flew to Edinburgh to visit some friends and spend my New Year holiday with them. Andrew: Lucky you! (2)
__________________________________________________
Jane: In Scotland, they call New Year’s Eve Hogmanay and it’s the most fun. Andrew: (3)
____________________________________________________________
Jane: They celebrate it with street parties, concerts, fireworks and fire spectaculars. Andrew: (4)
_____________________________________________________________
Jane: Yes, of course. We went to Princes Street for a massive street party. Andrew: (5)
_____________________________________________________________
Jane: Yes, very ... I heard there were about 80,000 people in attendance. Andrew: (6)
_____________________________________________________________
Jane: There were loads of bands playing different live music, a laser show and a huge fireworks display at midnight from the Edinburgh castle. Andrew: (7)
_____________________________________________________________
Jane: It’s my most memorable holiday. You should go and spend New Year in Scotland.
II. Put the dialogue into the correct order. _____ I think it should be Day of the Dead. _____ It is celebrated in Mexico, Ecuador, Guatemala in November 1st _1___ Hello Dan. What are you doing? _____ Fantastic! Can I borrow your book once you finish reading it? _____ Hi. I’m reading a book about festivals in the world. _____ What do people do in this festival? _____ Cool! Which festival do you find most impressive? _____They decorate their homes and gravesites with food, candles, candy skulls and flowers to welcome the dead back to earth. They also dress up as skeletons and parade through the streets. _____ Day of the Dead? Where is it celebrated? _____ Sure.
D. READING I. Complete the passage with the words from the box.
other carved trick-or-treating fun unwanted comes costumes frightening Halloween is celebrated on October31, and many people, including children, dress up in (1)______________ , visit people’s houses, and ask for candy. This is called (2) _______________. There are (3) ______________ traditions at Halloween. People have parties in their houses. You can dress up in scary costumes for (4) ______________
, but your costume doesn’t have to
be scary. In the USA, many people wear costumes that aren’t (5) ______________ . People also tell scary stories at Halloween or play games like bobbing for apples. Some people make jack-o’-lanterns. (6) ______________ pumpkins with candles inside, and put them inside or outside their houses. It’s unclear where this tradition (7) ______________ from. Some historians believe that in the past, they were used to scary away (8) ______________visitors or travelers. Jack-o’-lanterns are now chiefly associated with Halloween.
II. Read the text carefully, then do the tasks. Holi, known as the festival of colours, is the Hindu festival celebrated by Hindus all over Asia and also by the people from some parts of Europe and North America. It is mainly observed in India and Nepal. Holi commemorates the victory of good over evil, marks the arrival of Spring, and a time to give thanks for the good harvest. The dates change each year according to the full moon, but it is normally in March and sometimes in late February and lasts for a night and a day. Traditional Holi celebrations start the night before Holi with a Hollka Dahan where people gather around a bonfire and perform religious rituals praying that evil will be destroyed. The next morning is a free-for-all festival of colours. People chase each other, smear each other with paint, throw coloured paint powder over each other, and drench each other with coloured water. Some people carry waterguns and coloured water-filled balloons for their water fight. In the evening, people visit houses of their friends and relatives and share sweets and other food items. A. Decide if the statements are true (T) or false (F).
1. The ‘festival of colours’ is another name for Holi. 2. Only Hindus celebrate Holỉ. 3. Holi is celebrated on 1 March - the first official day of spring. 4. Holi activities start early In the morning. 5. The famous festival of colours is the second day of Hol . nd cojour each other. 6. Water guns and water-filled balloons are also used to play and colour each other. B. Answer the questions. 1. Where is Holi mainly celebrated? → ____________________________________________________________________
2. When does Hol i take place? → ____________________________________________________________________ 3. How long does the festival last? → ____________________________________________________________________ 4. Why is Holi festival celebrated? → ____________________________________________________________________ 5. How do people celebrate Holika Dahan? → ____________________________________________________________________ 6. What do people do on the day of Holi? → ____________________________________________________________________
E. WRITING I. Arrange the words to make sentences meaningful. 1. carnival / Rio I has I famous / the / most / in / the / world. → ____________________________________________________________________ 2. festival / when / the / starts / people / square / gather / in / the / town. → ____________________________________________________________________ 3. the / starts / festival / with / opening / parade / an / where / walk / people / the I streets / through. → ____________________________________________________________________ 4. than / 2 million / there / people / in I are / more / the I streets / on / during / Rio / the / carnival. → ____________________________________________________________________ 5. highlight / the / main / carnival / is / of / samba / the / parade / samba / two hundred I with / the / schools. → ____________________________________________________________________ 6. we / have / and / parties / other / throughout / festival / celebrations / the. → ____________________________________________________________________ 7. Diwali/ of / festival/ five-day/ celebrated / across / lights / is / the / by/ millions / Hindu/the/world / of. → ____________________________________________________________________ 8. houses / celebrate / are / candles / decorated / with / to / colourful / Dlwall / and / lights.
→ ____________________________________________________________________ II. Write the second sentence so that It has the same meaning as the first one. Use the word in brackets. 1. When did people hold the first Cannes Film Festival? (held) When
___________________________________________________________________
2. More than 70 samba schools participated in the five-day carnival, (part) More than 70 samba schools ______________________________________________________ 3. Omizutori is the oldest festival in Japan, (than) No festival __________________________________________________________________ 4. The music festival was held although the weather was bad yesterday, (spite) The music festival _______________________________________________________________ 5. I can't wait to watch the samba parade in Rio Carnival, (forward) I am ___________________________________________________________________ 6. The date for La Tomatina is the last Wednesday of August, (place) La To matin a _________________________________________________________________ 7. Thousands of people lined the streets because they wanted to watch the massive colourful parade, (in order to) Thousands of people ____________________________________________________________ 8. The festival took place in a remote area. However, a lot of people attended it. (although) _____________________________________________________________________________
TEST FOR UNIT 9 I. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others. 1. a. religious 2. a. feast 3. a. chaos 4. a. called
b. highlight b. greasy b. chance b. gathered
c. firework c. great c. school c. played
d. lively d. seasonal d. Christmas d. watched
5. a. carnival
b. fascinate
c. celebrate
d. exciting
b. festival
c. holiday
d.
b. special b. performer b. costume b. religious
c. culture c. seasonal c. parade c. musician
d. worship d. celebrate d. stuffing d.
II. Choose the word that has different stress pattern. 1. a. carnival Thanksgiving 2. a. enjoy 3. wonderful 4. a. lantern 5. a. creative superstitious
III. Fill in each blank with an appropriate word to complete the passage. The first letter is given. Every year in July, people in Ubon Ratchathani Thailand (1) c______________ the Candle Festival. (2) T___________ from all over the country come to Ubon to look at huge wax (3) c_____________ that are (4) p__________through the streets on floats, accompanies by dancers and musicians in (5) t_____________ clothing. There is even a competition for artists and (6) p__________are given for the best decorated floats and most beautiful wax carvings. IV. Choose the best answer a, b, c or d to complete the sentence. 1. Day of the Dead is celebrated_______ November 1st in Mexico. a. on
b. in
c. at
d. during
2. People throw tomatoes ________each other at La Tomatina in Bunol. a. on
b. to
c. at
d. for
3. The festival starts with an opening ________ where people walk through the streets. a. party
b. ritual
c. feast
d. parade
4. Summerfest is the world’s largest_________festival. It features more than 700 bands performing on 11 stages. a. arts b. music c. religious d. seasonal 5. In the UK and US, people give coloured chocolate eggs to each other at ___________. a. New Year b. Halloween c. Christmas d. Easter 6. ________do people celebrate Diwali? - They celebrate it with music, lights, fireworks and traditional sweets. a. How b. What c. Why d. Where 7. Bon Jovi will ___________ at the 2019 Rock in Rio music festival in Brazil. a. display b. perform c. gather d. attend 8. _________, the hard rock Louder Than Life festival was cancelled. a. After raining heavily b. When it rains heavily c. Due to heavy rain d. Despite heavy rain 9. What is the highest prize awarded at the Cannes Film Festival? a. Palme d’Or b. Oscar c. Golden Globe d. Black Lady 10. “In the Cooper’s Hill Cheese Rolling Festival, people attempt to chase a rolling cheese wheel down the hill.” “____________
”
a. That’s a great idea. b. Oh, I totally agree. c. It sounds crazy. d. OK, that’s interesting
V. Write the correct tense or form of the verbs in brackets. 1. Last month I___________ (join) a course to learn how to make Christmas decorations. 2. Right now, the stars _______________(parade) on the red carpet at the CannesFilm Festival. 3. The Songkran Festival _______________ (mark) the beginning of the Thai New Year.
4. The first Oktoberfest Festival ________________ (hold) on October 12,1810 in Munich. 5. The biggest prize, the Palme d’Or, ___________ (award) to the best film. 6. Next year, the festival ___________ (take place) from June 26th to July 1st. 7. The Elephant Racing Festival ___________ (be) the village’s most Importantand interesting event for years. 8. _________________ (you/ ever/ attend) any food festivals? 9. I’d like you ___________ (write) up your reports on festivals around the world. 10. He suggested ______________ (take) part in the Cooper’s Hill Cheese Roll competition. VI. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets. 1. The office looked very ______________with its Christmas tree, (festival) 2. Samba schools compete for prizes based on their music and dance ______________and costumes. (perform) 3. La Tomatina will always be one of my most______________memories ever! (amaze) 4. Friday the 13th is considered an unlucky day in Western______________. (superstitious) 5. On New Year’s Eve I usually give a party, which is always______________. (chaos) 6. Day of the Dead is one of the most______________festivals in the world. (usually) 7. Christmas dinner is a meal______________eaten at Christmas. (tradition) 8. A lot of______________ activities are held as part of the Flower Festival in Da Lat. (art) 9. Every year, millions of______________visit Rio de Janeiro to enjoy the Rio Carnival.(tour) 10. Festivals with a______________meaning are very important in our country. (religion) VII. There is one mistake In each sentence, find and correct it. 1. A lot of cultural and artist activities are held in Dalat Flower Festival. 2. There are a special celebration called Doll’s Festival for Japanese girls on March 3rd every year. 3. We arrived at Bunol, Spain yesterday to take part in La Tomatina Festival. 4. La Tomatina is hold on the last Wednesday of August every year. 5. Tomorrowland is the world’s bigest dance music festival. 6. One of the most weird festivals in the world is Day of the Dead. 7. What do people celebrate New Year around the world? 8. Could you please give me some informations about the festival? VIII. Match the answers with the correct questions. 1. Do you know anything about Hindu festivals? 2. a. It’s the festival of lights. Could you tel! me something about Diwali. b. Yeah, I know some. 3. What is Diwali? c. It’s celebrated with candles, colourful lights and huge firework displays. 4. Where is Diwali celebrated? 5. When is Diwali? 6. How long docs Diwali last? 7. Why is Diwali held? 8. How is Diwali celebrated?
d. It is usually some time between October and November. e. For five days. f. Yes, of course. g. It’s celebrated across the world. h. To celebrate the triumph of light over darkness and good over evil.
IX. Choose the correct word to fill In the blanks. The Carnival in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil is the biggest carnival in the world which (1)__________for five days. Every year in the month of February the festivities start. Hundreds of people are (2) __________ on the streets enjoying the street bands, singers and orchestras. The main (3) __________
of the carnival is the Samba Parade in which 200 schools participate.
The schools have elaborate costumes, floats and dancing styles. It is an (4) __________experience! Come August and it’s (5) __________ to have fun in Bunol, Spain. La Tomatina - a fun filled battle - begins on the last Wednesday of August. Thousands of people come from all over the world to participate in a grand tomato fight. Puzzled! (6) __________ does it happen? To have fun. Actually a week long festival goes on before the tomato fight. The festival has dancing, music, parades, fireworks and food. However, the (7) __________ have to take a few precautions. They are asked to squish the tomatoes (8) __________ throwing so that it does not hurt the other people. They are also advised to wear safety gloves and goggles. 1. a. gets
b. lasts
c. makes
d. longs
2. a. down
b. along
c. into
d. out
3. a. theme
b. notice
c. highlight
d. guide
4. a. amazing
b. unpleasant
c. obvious
d. actual
5. a. tradition
b. mean
c. time
d. celebration
6. a. Where
b. Why
c. When
d. How
7. a. participants
b. viewers
c. competitors
d. partners
8. a. during
b. after
c. before
d. by
X. Read the passage carefully, then do the tasks. For hundreds of years, one remote hill in the middle of England has hosted one of the weirdest and most hazardous festivals in the world. It’s the Cooper’s Hill Cheese Rolling Festival. The event is held every year at the end of May. Some people believe that the festival originated from a tradition of rolling burning bundles ofsticks down the hill to celebrate the end of winter. Today, the festival has grown into an international event, with over 15,000 participants and spectators from all over the world joining each year. The rules are simple. A large wheel of cheese is rolled down the hill, and participants chase after it. The first runner to make it to the bottom of the hill is the winner. The winner of the race is allowed to keep the cheese as a prize. Cooper’s Hill is only 200 meters long, but it is very steep. As a result, racers do not run down the hill; instead, they usually fall down the hill head over heels. This has led to a lot of accidents. For this reason, the event was officially canceled in 2010. Outraged fans have continued the event unofficially since then. A. Match the words or phrases with their definitions. 1. hazardous
a. a group of things that are tied or wrapped together.
2. originate
b. to roll or fall down out of control
3. bundle 4. remote 5. fall head over heels
c. to start in a particular situation d. dangerous, especially to people’s health or safety e. far away from places where people live
B. Choose the correct answers. 1. What is the passage mainly about? a. Different food festivals around the world b. An unusual and dangerous festival in England c. Tips for winning the race in the Cheese Rolling Festival
d. The history of the Cheese Rolling Festival 2. What is the origin of the Cheese Rolling Festival? a. It is held every year in May. b. It takes place at Cooper’s Hill in Gloucestershire. c. It is held to represent the birth of the New Year after winter. d. It comes from the tradition of rolling burning bundles of sticks down the hill. 3. The word ‘outraged’ in the last sentence is closest in meaning to _______. a. upset
b. pleasant
c. keen
d. big
4. According to the passage, which of the following is true? a. All the runners in the race are from England. b. The race is dangerous because the hill is very long. c. Most participants cannot stay on their feet while they run down the hill. d. The winner is the first person to catch the cheese. 5. The festival was officially canceled in 2010 due to _________________________________. a. a large number of participants b. the bad weather in Gloucestershire c. the steep slopes of Cooper’s Hill d. the dangerous aspect of the event XI. Write sentences with the cues given. Use the correct form of the verbs. 1. Christmas / be / one / most famous / religious festivals / the world. → _______________________________________________________________________ 2. Easter / hold / celebrate / the resurrection from the dead / Jesus Chris. → _______________________________________________________________________ 3. Japanese Girls’ Day / celebrate / March 3rd / pray / the health and happiness / young girls / Japan. → _______________________________________________________________________ 4. My family and I / go / Thailand / last April / take part / the Songkran Festival. → _______________________________________________________________________ 5. Elephants / spray / water / tourists / during / the Songkran festival / Ayutthaya, Bangkok. → _______________________________________________________________________ 6. The highest prize / award / the Cannes Film Festival / be / the Palme d’Or / which / give / best film. → _______________________________________________________________________ 7. Vietnamese people / prepare / Tet / clean / their houses / cook / traditional special foods. → _______________________________________________________________________ 8. Thanksgiving / be / seasonal holiday/ hold / annually / give thanks / God /successful harvest. → _______________________________________________________________________
UNIT 10: SOURCES OF ENERGY A. PHONETICS I. Put the words into the correct column depending on the stresses syllable. Energy, biogas, plentiful, pollution, limited, unusual, natural, develop, consumption, easily, dioxide, recycle, countryside, improvement, generate, dangerous, atmosphere, important, advantage, tomorrow Stress on 1st syllable
Stress on 2nd syllable
II. Supply the stress pattern for the following words. Example: expensive → oOo 1. countryside 2. enormous 3. solar 4. renewable 5. available 6. abundant 7. another 8. harmful 9. convenient 10. negative 11. forever 12. hydro 13. effective 14. exhaustible 15. nuclear 16. alternative B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. Fill in the blanks with the words in the box. Natural gas
nuclear
solar
hydro
wind
oil
biogas
coal
1. …………….energy comes from the heat of the sun. 2. ……………….can be produced by dead plants and animals as they decay. 3. …………………..is often found in the ground, consisting mainly of methane (CH4) 4. …………………energy is energy that comes from the force of moving water. 5. ……………… is flammable black hard rock, used ass a fossil fuel. 6. ………………., commonly known as petroleum, is the largest source of energy in the US. 7. To produce……………………energy, atoms are split apart, which releases energy. 8. ……………….energy is produced from moving air with the help of large turbines.
II. Complete the sentences with the words from the box. Renewable
non – renewable
Polluting
exhausted
abundant fossil
alternative available
1. Many of the Earth’s natural resources are ………………..., which means they are available in limited quantity and can be used up. 2. Oil is a relatively ………………………..but is a non – renewable resource. 3. ……………….fuels, including coal, oil and natural gas, are currently the world’s primary energy source.
4. ………………..resources are those which cannot be replaced once they are used up. 5. ………………..energy is any energy source that can replace fossil fuel. 6. Despite being the most…………………source, coal still plays an important role in the production of electricity. 7. Solar power from the sun is……………..as we won’t “use up” all the sunlight from the sun. 8. Geothermal energy is non – polluting, but it not widely………………………… III. Complete the sentences with the future continuous form of the verbs in the box. Wait Use
have
start
catch
lie
live
watch
work
listen
1. Next Tuesday at this time I ………………….on the beach. I can’t wait! 2. We ………………..outside the cinema at 7.30. See you then! 3. All tomorrow afternoon the children ………on their history project. 4. This time next week my sister ………….at her new school. 5. Don’t phone grandma at 9.00 because she ……………..Who wants to be a Millionaire then. 6. In two years’ time, I expect I …………………….in my own flat. 7. This time tomorrow we ………………………plan to Brazil. 8. Tonight at eight o’clock, I ………….dinner with my parents. 9. It’s 3.30. Christ ………………….to the football so we’d better not ring. 10. In a few years’ time most people………………….electric car. V. Complete the sentences using the future continuous form of the verbs in brackets. 1. They …………….(have) dinner at seven. It’s best to call later. 2. What ……………….(you/ do) at this time in five years? 3. He ………………(study) at the library this afternoon, so he will not see Jennifer when she arrives. 4. Jane ……………..(not wait) for us at the station this time. She’s ill. 5. At the same time tomorrow we ………………(walk) through the streets of London. 6. …………………(Dereck/ play) tennis at seven tomorrow? 7. Fortunately, I …………..(not do) my homework tonight so I’ll able to watch the match. 8. …………………..(we/ visit) the hydropower plant this time next week? 9. The children ……………….(not swim) in the sea tomorrow morning because of the bad weather. 10. I can take you to the airport. “It would be nice. …………….(you/ go) that way?” VI. Underlined the correct form, future simple or future continuous. 1. At the same time next year, I will study/ will be studying Chemistry at Oxford University. 2. We will replace/ will be replacing out halogen bulbs with LED bulbs to save energy. 3. In the future, cars won’t use/ won’t be using petrol or diesel, but other fuels like electricity and natural gas. 4. Jane won’t be here this time tomorrow. She will attend/ will be attending the Conference on Green Energy. 5. What will happened/ will be happening when we run out of non – renewable resources? 6. Promise me you won’t call/ won’t be calling before 10; I hate being woken up early! 7. You can’t meet me at the supermarket. I won’t shop/ won’t be shopping in the afternoon. 8. I think scientist will find/ will be finding a solution to global warming soon. 9. You are so late! Everybody will work/ will be working when you arrive at the office. 10. Will solar energy replace/ will solar energy be replacing fossil fuels within 20 years? VII. Complete the sentences with the verbs in brackets. Use the future simple passive.
Life at the end of the century. 1. Everything about you ……………….(monitor) 2. Your pulse ………………(take) by mirror in your bathroom. 3. Your weight …………….(check) by bathroom scales built into the floor. 4. Your kitchen robot ……………..(set up) to make your tea when you get up. 5. Your daily menu ………………..(optimize) to match your activities. 6. Your food …………………………(order) online by your fridge. 7. Your pizza ………………(make) by a 3D printer. 8. Solar panels ……………….(build) into building materials to power your house. 9. Your feelings ………………..(analyze) by sensors in your mobile phone. 10. And everything …………………(tailor) to your own needs. VIII. Change the sentences into the passive voice. 1. The government will bring electricity to remote areas next year. 2. We will solve the problem of energy shortage by using solar energy. 3. The government will build a new hydropower plant to meet increasing demand. 4. In the coming decades, we will use renewable energy everyday. 5. Will we use up all the world’s oil in the nest 100 years. 6. They will place solar panels on the roofs of houses to produce hot water and electricity. 7. Alternative energy sources won’t replace coal, oil, and gas anytime soon. 8. Will renewable energy completely replace fossil fuels in the future? IX. Choose the best answer. 1. If we reduce the energy we use, we……………….money. A. are saving B. will save
C. will be saved
D. will be saving
2. At 3 o’clock tomorrow afternoon, I …………..the meeting on Climate Change. A. attended
B. have attended
C. will be attended
D. will be attending
3. The effects of climate change…………..at the high – level conference next month. A. will discuss
B. will be discussing C. will be discussed
D. was discussed
4. Do you think renewable energy ……………..fossil energy before 2030? A. will replace
B. is replacing C. will be replacing
D. will be replaced
5. The children …………..to school because it’s snowing. A. are walking
B. will walk
C. will be walking
D. won’t be walking
6. Solar and wind …………..instead of fossil fuels within 20 years? A. are used
B. will be usedC. will use
D. will be using
7. Humankind’s future…………….bright if they can utilize renewable energy in the future. A. is
B. was
C. will be
D. won’t be
C. will you be lived
D. will you be living
8. Where …………..in ten years? A. do you live
B. are you living
9. We ……………able to create a future that’s free of carbon pollution by using renewable energy sources. A. will be
B. won’t be
C. will be being
D. will have been
10. Solar panels ……………….outdoors to capture sunlight and transform it into electricity. A. will place B. will be placing
C. will be placed
X. Complete the sentences with the correct preposition.
D. will have placed
1. Coat will be replaced …………….natural gas, wind and solar by 2080. 2. Fossil fuels, including oil, coal and natural gas, are harmful …………to the environment. 3. Once non –renewable resources are used ………………., they are gone forever. 4. What will happen if non –renewable resources run………………..? 5. Sulphur dioxide has a direct effect ……………..healthy and the environment? 6. We are looking ……………cheap, clean and effective sources of energy. 7. Vietnam still relies mostly ……………… non –renewable energy sources. 8. Sunlight is converted …………………electricity by each solar cell in the panels. 9. Turning ………………lights saves energy and it also saves money. 10. In developing countries, biogas is mostly used ………………cooking, heating and lighting C. Speaking I. Write questions for the underlined parts. 1. A: …………………………………………. B: We should use biogas for cooking instead of gas. 2. A: ………………………… B: Solar is a renewable energy source. 3. A: ……………………………………………….. B: Nuclear power can’t be used popularly because it is dangerous. 4. A. …………………………….. B: People use solar power for heating or cooling the house. 5. A: …………………………………… B: Yaly Hydropower Plant was constructed in 1993. 6. A: …………………………. B: Solar panels will be placed on the roofs of houses and buildings. 7. A: ……………………………………….. B: The US spent 55 billion on energy research in 2015. 8. ……………………………………. B: There are seven types of renewable energy. II. Put the dialogue into the correct order. ……….. No, I don’t. Does it cost a lot to install solar panels? ………. Don’t worry. The panels have solar betteries that can store extra solar power for later use when the sunnn is shining. ……… That’s great! I really wwant to reduce my carbon footprint as much as possible. ……….. Thanks. …..1…. Do you use solar energy at home? ……… Really? And solar energy is green energy, isn’t it? ……… I know. Will I have power when the sun goes down? ………. Yes, it does. But you can reduce your electric bill by using solar power. ……… By consuming green energy, you can definitely do it. ……... Yes, solar power is one of the cleanest sources of energy, so it can help avoid the carbon dioxide and other air pollution emissions. D. Reading
I. Complete the passage with the words form the box. Electricity
new
conserve
hard
recycled
turn
cardboard
gasoline
What can you do to take care of natural resources? You can reduce, reuse and recycle! For example.(1)……........ of the lights when you are not in the room and switch off the TV or other electrical appliances when you are not using. This will reduce the use of fossil fuel used to make (2)…………….. Ride your bike and walk more, to reduce the amount of (3) …………………used to transport you. You can reuse things. Things like plastic jugs, jars, paper, and bags can be used. Each time you reuse something, you (4) ………….the natural resources that would have been used to make new ones. Finally, you can recycle. Recycle means reuse a natural resource or product to make something (5)…………….. It also means to collect and send these things for reuse. Items that can be easily (6) ……………..include: glass, some plastics, paper, (7) ……………., aluminum, and steel. Some plastics and metals are hard to recycle. They are often made for mixture of materials. Mixtures can be (8) ……………………separate. Try to buy and use things that you can recycle. II. Read the passage carefully and then do the tasks. We use many different energy sources to do work for us. Energy sources are classified into two groups renewable and nonrenewable. Non-renewable energy sources are those that take millions of years to form and will run out some day. It is energy that comes from fossil fuels such as coal, crude oil, and natural gas. Fossil fuels are mainly made up of carbon and were formed millions of years ago. The chemical reaction which takes place when we burn fossil fuels releases carbon compounds such as carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide into the air. Carbon dioxide is one of the green house gases which is contributing to global warming and air pollution. On the other hand, renewable energy sources will never run out, are better for the environment and do not cause pollution. Renewable energy is often called green energy because it is a natural energy, always available and does not have to be formed like nonrenewable energy. The green energy is always there. For example, the Sun consistently shines, water is abundant, and the winds blow throughout the year. The five types include solar, energy from the Sun; geothermal, energy from heat within the Earth; hydroelectric, energy from moving water; biomass, energy from dead plants and microorganisms and finally, energy from the wind. A. Decide if the flowing statements are True (T) or False (F) 1. Non –renewable energy is a source of energy that will eventually run out. 2. Renewable energy comes from natural sources, like sunlight, wind, water, and heat of the Earth. 3. Burning fossil fuels is harmful to the environment. 4. Renewable resources are better for the environment, but they are limited in supply. 5. carbon is the main element in fossil fuels. 6. Wind is the primary source of hydroelectricity energy. B. Answer the questions. 1. What are fossil fuels? ………………………………………. 2. When were fossil fuels formed? …………………………………….. 3. Do carbon dioxide emissions causes climate change on Earth?............................. 4. How many types of renewable energy sources are there? What are they? …………………………………………….
5. Are renewable sources bad for the environment?……………………………………. 6. Why is renewable energy called green energy?...................................................... E. Writing I. Arrange the words to make sentences. 1. run out/ non –renewable/ comes/ energy/ from/ that/ sources/ will/ some day. ……………………………………………………….. 2. fuels/ to/ are/ they/ the/ limited/ harmful/ fossil/ environment/ and/ are …………………………………………… 3. can’t/ non – renewable/ replace/ energy/ resources/ be/ up/ once /used/ are/ they. ……………………………………………………….. 4. cheap/ but/ releases/ a lot of/ when/ cola/ is/ burned/ it/ pollutants. ……………………………………………….. 5. Vietnam/ its/ heavily/ currently/ relies/ fuels/ for/ on/ fossil/ energy. …………………………….. 6. solar energy/ renewable/ the/ is/ cleanest/ source/ abundant/ and/ most/ energy ……………………… 7. should/ provide/ water/ heating/ your/ home/ to/ you/ fit/ solar/ to/ panels/ or/ electricity. …………………………………. 8. people/ In/ will/ be/ time/ many/ more/ using/ short/ cars/ electric/ a. ………………………….. II. Complete the second sentence so that it has similar meaning to the first. 1. Natural gas is cheaper and less polluting than coal. Coal is……………………………………. 2. We are trying to find cheap and clean and effective sourced of energy. We are looking………………………….. 3. Will solar and wind replace fossil fuels within 20 years? Will fossil fuels………………………………….. 4. This is the second time I have visited Yaly hydroelectric power plant. I have………………………………………. 5. They built the first hydroelectric power plant in Niagara Falls in 1879. The first hydroelectric power plant…………………………… 6. It’s a good idea to switch off electrical appliances when they aren’t in use. You……………………….. 7. Although coal is the most polluting of fossil fuels, it is still the largest sources of energy worldwide. Despite…………………………….. 8. Biogas will be used for fuel in homes and for transport. People………………………………….
TEST FOR UNIT 10 I. Choose the word that has underlined part pronunced differently from the rest 1. a. solar
b. fossil
c. hydro
d. slogan
2. a. abundant
b. consumption
c. sunlight
d. pollution
3. a. certain
b. carbon
c. coal
d. convert
4. a. heat
b. cheap
c. instead
d. easily
5. replaced
b. limited
c. trapped
d. walked
II. Choose the word that has different stress pattern 1. a. machine
b. carborn
c. harmful
d. turbine
2. a. generate
b. natural
c. effective
d. energy
3.a.limit
b. replace
c. panel
d. hydro
4. a. recycle
b. pollution
c. abundant
d. biogas
5.a. nuclear
b. solar
c. resource
d. shortage
III. Fill in each blank with an appropriate word. 1.________________energy resources include coal, oil, natural gas and uranium. 2._______________energy creates clean, renewable power from the sun. 3. We need to look for ways to reduce our carbon___________. 4. Coal is a ___________fuel that was formed millions of years ago. 5. Renewable energy sources will never_____________out because they are easily replenished. 6. Burning fossil fuels emits a lot of pollutants that are_____________to the environment. 7. Solar__________________ are fitted to building and turn the sun’s ray into energy 8. Some countries are ___________coal with natural gas because natural gas is less polluting than coal. IV. Choose the best answer, a, b, c or d to complete the sentence. 1. Once non-renewable energy sources are used_______________they are gone forever. a. out
b. up
c. for
d. off
2. Many chemicals have a damaging effect ______________effect environment. a. on
b. in
c. to
d. for
3. Renewable energy is also called”____________energy” because it doesn’t pollute the air. a. inexhaustible
b. available
c. clean
d. dangerous
4. ____________ the pollution it cause, coal still plays an important role in the production of electricity around the world . a. Despite
b. Due to
c. Even though
d. However
5. What ________if carbon dioxide levels continue to increase? a. happen
b. will happen
c. will be happened d. will be happening
6. The use of wind energy is growing rapidly because it is widely available and ____________________ . a. environmental friendly
b. environmental friendly
c. environment friendly
d. friendly environmental
7. Using solar panels at home can help _____________ your electric bill and your carbon footprint.
a. reduce
b. increase
c. provide
d. convert
8. Wind power is the most promising _______________ source of energy. a. non-renewable
b.
natural
c. limited
d. alternative
9. You can save much water by ______________ . a. using energy saving light bulbs
b. using biogas for cooking
c. taking showers instead of baths
d. walking or riding a bike to school
10. ‘Is it difficult to reduce our carbon footprints?’ ‘________________’ a. It depends on the way you think.
b. Not at all. Just practicing the 3R’s.
a. It’s not if we still rely on fossil fuels. d. I’m not sure. What will happen?
V. Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets.
1. Humans ___________________(fuse) the power of moving water for more than 2,000 years. 2. I’ll call you at 8 o’clock tonight. What ____________(you/do) then? 3. At present, global demand for energy__________(increase) rapidly. 4. Three years ago. we____________9install) a solar water heating system on our roof 5. What _____________(happen) if non-renewable resources run out? 6. A small hydropower plant_________________(build) on the river in ten years time.
.
7. If the electricity________________(make)from wind turbines, it is green. 8. Burning fossil fuels ________________(emit) gases that are harmful to the environment. 9. We decided___________(invest) our time and effort on this new research project 10. You should avoid _______________(use) cars or motorbikes for short trips. VI. Write the correct form of the words in brackets. 1. Solar, win, and hydro are renewable and _______________________(exhaust) 2. Coal is also _________________, there is a large reserve globally.(plenty) 3. The movement of waves anf tides can be able to generate_______________(electric) 4. Scientists are looking for clean and_____________sources of energy.(effect) 5. Non-renewable sources are not___________________friendly and can have serious effect on our health.(environment) 6. Natural gas is less_______________than coal or crude oil(pollute) 7. Energy resources are often _____________as renewable or nonrenewable, (category) 8. Turning off electrical appliances when they are not m use is a great way to reduce energy_______________(consume) VII. There is one mistake in each sentence. Find and correct it. 1. The burning of fossil fuels is harmful for the environment and public health. 2. Solar energy can convert into other forms of energy, such as heat and electricity. 3. Solar power is by far the more popular renewable energy source. 4. Within ten years, people will be used less fossil fuel and more renewable energy. 5. Using solar energy instead fossil fuels can help reverse the effects of global warming. 6. Many people living in rural areas use biogas to cook, and heating. 7. Wind power is clean, abundant, widely available, and environmental friendly. 8. One of the ways you can save energy in your home are to use energy saving light bulbs.
VIII. Write the questions for the answers. What causes carbon emissions?
How can I reduce my carbon footprint?
How does carbon footprint affect us?
What“ is a carbon footprint?
How can I calculate my carbon footprint? 1. A:_____________________________________________________________________
B: It is the amount of greenhouse gases - primarily carbon dioxide released into the atmosphere by human activities. 2.A.___________________________________________________________________ B. The burning of fossil fuels in the environment. 3. A. _____________________________________________________________________________ B. Carbon emissions contribute to climate change, which can have for humans and their environment. 4.A:_________________________________________________________________________ B: You need to work out your energy use, water use and waste disposal. 5. A:_______________________________________________________________________ B: Turn off lights, TVs, computers when you do not need them. Walk or ride your bike instead of using
cars. Reduce the amount of trash you create by recycle and reusing items IX: Choose the correct answers to complete the passage CARBON FOOTPRINTS Everybody has a carbon footprint - it's the(1)__________ _____ of carbon dioxide we produce with any action or activity.(2)__________________carbon dioxide contributes to 'greenhouse gases', our carbon footprints have a direct impact( 3)________________the environment. You can estimate your carbon footprint on any number of popular websites: if it's (4)____________, then you're probably leading a relatively green lifestyle. But(5)______________happens if it's big? Well, the answer is that you can(6)______________it. This modern answer to the problem is for people to contribute to balancing the negative effects of their actions by using (7)_________________ fuels, recycling, reforestation and a number of other activities which are said to contribute to a lowering of (8)_________________carbon dioxide.
1. a. number 2. a. As 3. a. for 4. a. small 5. a. when 6. a. replace 7. a. fossil 8. a. moving
b. quality b. Although b. to b. large b. what b. reuse b. leaded b. lowering
c. amount c. However c. on c. free c. why c. increase c. smoky c. rising
d. period d. Due to d. in d. fine d. how d. balance d. green d. falling
X. Read the text carefully, then do the tasks. SOLAR ENERGY Sunlight carries huge amounts of energy. You can feel the Sun’s energy when sunlight warms your skin on a summer day. To capture the Sun’s energy, scientists have developed solar cells, called photovoltaic cells. These cells convert sunlight into electricity. When sunlight hits a solar cell, some of the light energy is absorbed. This light energy causes the particles in the solar cell to move faster, and the movement of these particles creates electricity. In some places, large panels of solar cells harvest sunshine to make electricity for homes and businesses. Solar cells have been placed on cars and appliances, too. Since the Sun sends abundant free energy streaming toward Earth 24 hours a day, people in many parts of the world, not just the sunniest places, have fixed solar cells and solar panels on the roofs of their houses or businesses to lower their energy costs. Experts say that the huge installation of solar panels in sunny regions could generate enough electricity to supply an entire country. Capturing this energy can help overcome our diminishing energy supply. New ways to capture this energy are being developed an the time to maximize efficiency. 1. What is the source of solar energy? a. sunlight c. solar panels
b. photovoltaic cells d. electricity
2. Solar cells are used___________ a. to collect energy from the sun
b. to provide sunlight to houses
c. to convert sunlight into electricity
d. both a and c are correct
3. Which of the following statements is true? a. Solar cells absorb all of the light energy from the sun. b. The light energy causes the particles to move faster to make electricity. c. Solar energy can be used to power homes and businesses only.
d. Large solar panels have been placed on cars and appliances. 4. As used in line 9, ‘abundant’ most nearly means a. unlimited
b. dangerous
.
c. plentiful
d. clean
5. Where have people fixed solar panels? a. In the sunniest places
b. Anywhere outside their houses
c. Inside their houses
d. On the roofs of their houses
6. As used in line 14, ‘diminishing’ most nearly means a. decreasing
b. increasing
c. unending
d. restoring
.
7. According to the passage, all of the following statements are true EXCEPT a. the Sun produces a large amount of energy. b. solar energy could provide enough electricity for the whole world c. scientists are constantly developing new ways to capture the Sun’s energy d. people use solar energy to reduce their energy costs.
XI. Make sentences using the provided keywords. Solar energy/ can/ use/ heat/ water/ homes __________________________________________________________________ 2. within 20 years/ fossil fuels/ will/ replace/renewable sources. ____________________________________________________________________ 3. this time next moth/ we/ will/ use/ solar power/ heating/ water ____________________________________________________________________ 4. fossil fuels/ limted/ and/ they / harmful/ the environment. ____________________________________________________________________ 5. Climate change/ cause/ the burning/ oil and coal/ in order/ produce energy ____________________________________________________________________ 6. Last year/we/ fit/ solar panels/ our house/ provide/solar electricity. ____________________________________________________________________ 7. Every day/ we/rely/ energy/ provide/ us/ electricity, hot water, and fuel. ____________________________________________________________________ 8. electric cars/ more/ popular/ petrol cars/ the next 15 years? ____________________________________________________________________
UNIT 11: TRAVELLING IN THE FUTURE A. PHONETICS 1. Tick(v) the correct column for rising or falling intonation Question
Rising
Falling
1. Do you think that flying taxi will be available soon 2. When do they open the metro system? 3. Is it possible for airplanes to fly without a pilot? 4. Where can I learn to have a driver's license? 5. What do future motorbikes look like? 6. Will public transportation use electric bus? 7. Are you talking about driverless cars? 8. How often do you cycle? 9. Can scientists invent personal wings like a bird? 10. How do solar-powered vehicles operate?
II. Draw rising or falling arrows at the end of each question to show the correspond intonation. 1. What are the advantages of driverless cars? 2. Can I use an electric bicycle in the rain? 3. Will we still have traffic jams in the sky? 4. When does the project about future transport start? 5. Who is the inventor of the high-speed train?
6. Is the solar-powered engine applicable to all vehicles? 7. Do you like wind-powered aircraft? 8. Can you imagine a pilotless helicopter? 9. Is it true that electric vehicles are environmentally friendly? 10. How big is a typical spaceship?
B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. Write the name of the means of transport under the pictures. flying car
jetpack teleporter Segway
hover scooter skytrain skycyciing tube monowhell 1
1._______
2. _________
5_______
3. ________
6. ______
4___________
7. _____
8____________
II. Match means of transport with their definitions. 1. flying car
a. a single-wheel vehicle similar to a unicycle, its rider sitting inside or next to the wheel
2. teleporter
b. a board that travels above the surface of the ground, that you ride on in a standing position
3. jetpack 4. hover scooter
c. a two-wheeled self-balancing electric vehicle, ridden while standing up d. a type of air vehicle that provides transportation by both ground and air
5. monowheel 6. Seaway
e. a device that is used to move somebody immediately from one place to another a distance away f. a device that somebody wears on their shoulders like a backpack that enables
them to fly
III. Complete the sentences with the words from the box. high-speed
eco-friendly
underwater
solar-powered
pilotless
driverless
gridlocked
supersonic
1. We’ll see ________________planes or autonomous planes in the next 40 to 50 years 2.________________planes can travel faster than the speed of sound. 3.A________________
only runefficiently when the
sun shines.
4. ________________car are fitted with sensors to detect other road users and avoid collisions. 5. Driving a(n)________________vehicle is a great way to help human health and the environment. 6. An autonomous________________ vessel will be used as a means of passenger transport. 7. The Shinkansen bullet train, a________________ passenger train of Japan, can reach a speed of 320km/h 8- Police are turning round cars stuck in________________ traffic after serious crash IV. Complete the sentenses with the verbs from the box. drive
rides
fly
sail
pedaled
crashed
float
flopped hovers piloted
1. ________________cars that can ________________in the sky are coming sooner than you think. 2. ________________ she stopped rowing and let the boat________________ with the stream. 3. He________________ the helicopter from Paris to Deauville. 4. Will cars of the future ever __________________ themselves? 5. We all want to ride on a skateboard that actually _______________________ above the ground. 6. My brother___________________________ to school on his bicycle. 7. Yesterday afternoon, we rented a swan boat and _____________________ around
the lake.
8. Some transport inventions became popular, but others ____________________ ! 9. The plane ______________________ into Trinity Bay and broke apart. 10. They sold everything and bought a boat ______________________ around the world. V. Use the prompts to write sentences with will. 1. what/ life/ be/ like/ in 2025? __________________________________________________________________ 2. cars/ not use/ petrol or diesel, but other fuel like electricity. __________________________________________________________________ 3. most cars/ drive/ by themselves __________________________________________________________________ 4. most of our energy/ come/ from the sun, not oil __________________________________________________________________ 5. most families/ own/ a robot/ that/ do/ housework. __________________________________________________________________ 6. appliances/ communicate/ with each other and with you. __________________________________________________________________ 7. people/ not pay/ in cash, but by electronic card. __________________________________________________________________ 8. life in the future/ be/ better and easier?
__________________________________________________________________
VI. Complete the sentence with will and one the verbs in the box to make some prediction about the future translate
live
take
do
fly
stay
control
stop
find
recognise
1. People __________________vacations on the Moon 2. Computers_____________________ your voice and follow your commands 3. Talking computers_________________________ English. You won’t have to study English. 4. Robots____________ _________ all the housework and take care of your family. 5. You___________ ____________ to work in your flying car. 6. People __________ _____________ the weather. 7. All students ___ _______ at home to study on the Internet. 8. Scientists ___ _____________________________________ life on another planet. 9. Everyone ___ ____________________________ eating meat and is a vegetarian. 10. People _______________________ for 200 years. VII. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct form (future simple - active or passive). I
believe that in the next 100 years, transportation (1)_____________ ______ ______________________________________________ (change)
dramatically. People (2)___ ___________________ (not drive) on the road anymore and they (3) _______________ (travel) by air instead. However; they (4) _______________ ______ (not fly) on an airplane, they (5)_____________(use) a very special vehicle called “flyingcar”, a car with wings that can travel both on the ground and through the _____________________________ air. Flying cars (6)_____________ ____ (equip) with a 'sky safety system (SSS) that can help prevent them from crashing and avoid traffic jams. So it (7). ________________ _(be) very safe and convenient to travel in it! Thanks to new transportation technologies, I think many transport problems we are facing today (8) ____________________________________________ (solve) in the future. s VIII. Write the correct possessive pronouns for these sentences. 1. This CD belongs to me. This CD is _____________________ . 2. Give it to him. It’s ____________________ . 3. I have my cell phone and you have ________________________ . 4. They paid full price, but we bought _____________________ on sale. 5. Jim liked his Christmas present, but his sister didn’t like _____________ 6. Jenny and Ann have a kitten. This kitten is _______________________ . 7. My brother and I like to keep pets. These hamsters are ______________ 8. Have you got your pen? Would you like to borrow. 9. Are you sure this ball is___________________ ? - Yes. It’s my ball. 10. Sue prefers her husband’s tennis racket, so she uses _________________ instead of ___________. IX. Write the correct possessive adjective or pronoun for these sentences. 1. This dessert is ____________ but you can have it. (I)
2.________________car is so dirty I can’t even tell what color it is. (you) 3. The cat is in a good mood. It’s just had __________________ breakfast, (it) 4. Mark and I did _______________ homework, but Jennifer didn’t do _____ __________ . (we/ she) 5. It wasn’t ------------ mistake, it was ___________ for getting the food order wrong. (I/ they) 6. She gave him_____________telephone number, and he gave her____________________.(she/her) 7. I think__________________garden is bigger than_______________ (they/ we) 8. Is she a friend of__________________? ~ No. She is a cousin of________________ (you/I) 9.__________________car wasn’t working, so he used__________________(he/ she) 10._________________computer needs to be fixed, but___________________is working.(I/he) X. Choose the correct answers. 1. Jane has already eaten her lunch, but I’m saving _____________until later. a. ours
b. hers
c. yours
d. mine
2._____________home is located downtown, so it’s close to my work. a. Mine
b. Ours
c. Our
d. We
3. Her friend says it’s ------ --------- , but I think it belongs to them. a.her
b- his
c. our
d. theirs
4. These suitcases belong to you and your wife. These suitcases are ______________ a. yours
b. your’s
c. hers
d. ours
5. The teacher told the children to open _____________ books. a. their
b. theirs
c. their’s
d. his
6. Id like you to meet Rita. She’s a great friend of _____________ . a. us
b. our
c. ours
d. me
7. The house is big, but __________ windows are small. a. it
b. its
c. it’s
d. their
8. Sue fell down the stairs and broke _____________ leg. a. her
b. hers
c. its
d. his
9. Your travel plans sound just as exciting as________________! a. I
b. me
c. my
d. mine
10. The mother cat and _______________kittens were napping in the sunshine a. his
b. it s
c. her
d. hers
X. Rewrite each sentence so that it contains the word in capitals.
1. Harry is one of my friends.
(MINE)
_______________________________________________________ 2. That idea was theirs.
(THERE)
_______________________________________________________ 3. This house belongs to us
(OURS)
_______________________________________________________ 4. This is my pencil, but where’s the one that belong to you? YOURS _______________________________________________________ 5.She is talking to one of her neighbors.
(HERS)
____________________________________________________________________ 6. The red car is his.
(HIS)
______________________________________________________________
7. Do they own that house? ______________________________________________________________ THEIRS 8. That cup is yours.
(YOUR)
______________________________________________________________ XII Fill in each blank with an appropriate preposition. 1. In the future, most people will travel_____________________their flying cars. 2. I’m on my way, I just got_____________________the taxi. 3. Last week we went to Vung Tau a ferry. It was wonderful. 4. Going____________________________foot is good for your health. 5. I like reading books when I’m_________________________the bus 6. In ancient times, people usually travelled _____________horse. 7.They are living --------------------------------------------------------- a van full time and travelling around the country. 8. When I was young I went to school_________________school bus. 9. Sorry, I can’t call you - I’m___________________________ a plane! 10. She asked for a ride____________________________my motorcycle. C. SPEAKING I. complete the conversation with the sentences from the box. Write the letters of the sentences (A - F). A. Well. I think they will be a the reality within 10 years or more. B. That means we can hope for human teleportation. C. Kind of, but what I mentioned is called teleportation. Apparition requires magic. you know. D. Yes. sure. And there will be seft- dring cars, flying cars, supertrains, hyperloops, hoverbikes, etc. E. You may need to think again. In 2016, Y.Wei proposed that particles themselves could teleport from one place to another. F. Do you believe that someday humans can travel from one place to an another without using means of transportation? Janet: il)
----- __ ------- — -----------
Justin: Is it like Apparition in Harry Potter? Janet: (2) --------------------- ------- -----—' Justin: Haha ... I know. Anyway, I don t think scientists can find ways to teleport things and humans. Janet: (3)_----------------------- ---------------------------------------------- --------------Justin: Really? Janet: (4)_------------------------------------------------------------- --------------Justin: And a future without traffic jams and accidents? Janet: (5)________ ________________ _ _______________________ _ _____ Justin: Cool. I wish those vehicles would come soon. Janet: (6)______________________________ ______________ I.
Put the dialogue into the correct order.
— Exactly. In some developed countries, people prefer travelling by metro to driving their cars. — So, will it help to reduce traffic jams and accidents?
__ Yes, I have. — Cool. It seems to be very convenient. I hope to experience it soon! — Of course, it will. Additionally, it consumes less energy and moves faster.
__ What is it by the way? __ You will. Don’t worry! ---- 1 guess it also causes no air pollution, right? _1_ Hi, Jane. Have you ever heard of the metro? — It’s an underground electric railway system in a city.
D. READING I. Fill in each gap with a word from the box vacuum through line developing emissions high difficult twice
.Hyperloop, as the name suggests, is a sealed tube or system of tubes(1)__________ which a pod may travel free of air resistance or friction conveying people or objects at(2)______________ speed. Tesla and Hyperloop One are two of the biggest companies that are developing Hyperloop. Hyperloop would allow passengers to travel at a top speed of 600 miles per hour, which is more than(3)__________________the highest speed of the fastest train while being independent from weather conditions, and producing zero(4)___________________ Tesla has also built a 500-meter test track in Nevada. But there are (5)_______ challenges in the development of Hyperloop, including the painstaking task of building a (6)___________tube over hundreds of miles of land and investing billions of dollars. Other than that, the Hyperloop must travel only in a straight (7)____________ so passengers don’t fall ill. Getting environmental and other clearances for the purpose of hyperloop is a(8)___________ task and a lot of people assume it to be overblown and extravagant. II. Read the passage carefully, then choose the correct answers. Right now, a private company is developing something called ET3. ET3 stands for Evacuated Tube Transport Technology. The ET3 system would reportedly be able to take passengers from New York to Beijing in just two hours. Here is how it works. A vacuum tube goes all the way from New York to Beijing. The tube is only a few meters, wide. Capsules move through the tube. Six people can sit in one capsule. The capsules use electricity instead of gasoline. For international travel, the capsules can travel at about 6,500 kilometers per hour. That is much faster than an airplane! 1 1 So how can these capsules travel so fast? The answer is that there is no air inside the tube. When airplanes fly, they have to move through the air. The air resistance slows the airplanes down. Because there is no air in the ET3 tubes, the capsules are able to move at a very high speed. Besides, the capsules are quite light. They only weigh 183 kilograms. Of course, ET3 doesn’t exist yet. Developers still have to solve a lot of problems. The biggest problem is that right now, ET3 would be far too expensive. In order to make ET3 cheaper, we will need much better technology. Maybe someday, you will be able to have lunch in New York and dinner in
Beijing. 1. Why is ET3 clean?
'
a. It is made of a clean kind of material.
b. It uses a cleaner kind of gasoline,
c. It doesn’t use gasoline or electricity.
d. It uses electricity.
2. The word “works” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to --------------------- . a. travels
b. operates
c. earns money
d. succeeds
3. All of the following are factors that make ET3 travel fast EXCEPT. a. there is no air inside the tube c. traveling takes place in the air
b. the capsule is quite light d. there is no air resistance during the trip
4. What is a problem with ET3? a. It is far too expensive. c. It is far too loud. d. Most people according to the passage, which statement is NOT true. 5. There is no air in the ET3 tubes. a. Each ET3 capsule can carry up to six people. b. We don’t know how to build its capsules c. Speed inET3system is 6,500km/h for international travel. d. ET3 can travel a little faster than an airplane. 6. What can be inferred from the passage? a. There is still a lot to do before putting ET3 into operation. b. In the future, people will mainly use ET3 to travel abroad. c. ET3 won’t be used domestically due to its high-cost d. ET3 will soon be cheaper. E. WRITING I
put the words in order to make a sentence.
1. everywhere/ the year 2050/ will/ in/ flying cars/ there/ be. _________________________________________________________ 2. self-driving cars/ that/ let/ developing/ the wheel/ manufacturers/ are/ A.I./ take. _________________________________________________________ 3. I had/ to school/1 wish/ faster/ get/ a jetpack/ so/I could _________________________________________________________ 4. in thirty years/ people/ will/ on/ their flying cars/ get around/ in/ supersonic trains/ or. _______________________________________________________ 5. will/by/ solar panels/ be/ powered/ installed/solar cars/ on/itself/ the car ______________________________________________________ 6. I believe that/ available/ won’t/ self-driving cars/ be/ around 2030/ until. ________________________________________________________ 7. faster and easier/ transport of the future/ thanks to/ will/ advanced technologies/ be.
_________________________________________________________ 8. be/ from/ to/ will/ in flying cars/ installed/ them/ a sky safety system/ prevent/ crashing. _________________________________________________________ II. complete the second sentence so that 11 has a similar meaning to the first one, using the word given. 1. Skycycling tubes will be easy to drive, (it) ->_________________________________________________________________________ 2. My bike is green, (mine) —> _________ _____________________ 3. Do flying cars interest you? (interested) ->_____________________ 4. It isn’t a good idea to go such a long way by bike, (should) ->_____________________ 5. Electric cars cause no air pollution, but they still cause traffic jams, (although) ->_____________________ 6. Sue is talking to a friend of hers, (one) -> __ __________________________________________ _________ _________________________ 7. When I was in secondary school, I usually walk to school, (foot) -> ___ ____________ ________________________________________________________________________________ 8. They will use GPS technology to increase accuracy and shorten routes. (used) ->_____________________
UNIT 12: AN OVERCROWED WORLD A. PHONETICS I. Mark the stress for the two-syllable words below. Ex: ‘answer 1. affect
2. diverse
3. peaceful
4. wealthy
5. pollute
6. effect
7. hunger
8. spacious
9. become
10. disease
11. visit
12. commit
13. shortage
14. require
15. slumdog
II. Mark the stress for the three-syllable words below. Ex: ‘family 1. nutrition
2. solution
3. slavery
4. condition
5. pollution
6. poverty
7. physician
8. criminal
9. skyscraper
10. density
11. explosion
12. amazing
13. serious
14. Dangerous
15. homelessness
16. imagine
B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I.
II.
Match the words with their definitions. 1. overcrowded
a. very different from each other
2. poverty
b. a very large city, with a population of at least 10 million
3. slum
c. having a lot of money, possessions, etc.
4. crime
d. containing too many people or things.
5. spacious
e. a very poor area of a city where the houses are in bad condition.
6. wealthy
f. the state of being poor.
7. diverse
g. large and with a lot of space.
8. megacity
h. an illegal act or activity.
Complete the sentences with the words in the box. criminals overcrowded
poverty malnutrition
diverse megacities
slum density
1. Jamal grew up as a street kid in the Dharavi ___________ of Mumbai. 2. Since most of the cities are ___________, there is a problem for shelter. 3. Why are many children at risk of becoming ___________? 4. India is one of the most religiously ___________ countries. 5. Sao Paulo and Bombay are considered ___________ because of their large size anf huge population. 6. In Africa, there are a lot of children suffer from ___________. 7. The population ___________ in this city is very high. 8. ___________ is one of the biggest causes of crime.
III.
Underline the correct words. 1. In Rio, some people are healthy/wealthy, but there are poor people who live in slums. 2. The first symptom of the hunger/ disease is a very high temperature. 3. Poverty can affect/ effect anyone, regardless of age, race or gender. 4. Millions of Africans were sold into slavery/ poverty between the 17th and 19th centuries. 5. He was sent to prison for a criminal/ crime that he didn’t commit. 6. Our yard is peaceful/ spacious enough for a swimming pool. 7. The accident has blocked/ stopped two lanes of traffic on the freeway. 8. Russia has a population density/ diversity of just 8 people per square kilometer. 9. Brazil’s population is very diverse/ dangerous, comprising many races and ethnic groups. 10. Homeless people need better access to healthcare/ malnutrition.
IV.
Complete the sentences with more, less or fewer. 1. In Vietnam, there are ___________ motorbikes today than 10 years ago 2. There were ___________ cars on the roads twenty years ago. 3. Small towns have ___________ traffic and pollution than big cities. 4. China is still the most populated, but India will have ___________ people than China by 2022. 5. Because there is ___________ crime in the countryside, crime is not a problem for people living here. 6. If motorists were to drive carefully, they would have ___________ accidents. 7. You should eat ___________ junk food and start to take better care of your health. 8. People living in the cities earn ___________ money than those who live in rural areas. 9. If ___________ people used disposable water bottles, there would be ___________ plastic in landfills. 10. We need to build many ___________ social homes to solve housing crisis.
V.
Write a comparative sentence with more, less or fewer, using the information given. 1. Nha Trang has 10 tourist attractions. Phan Thiet has 5 tourist attractions. Nha Trang ____________________________________________________________ 2. This city has 1 million cars today. It had 10,000 cars 20 years ago. 20 years ago, this city ____________________________________________________ 3. Peter earns $15,214 per month and Jane earns $14,786 per month. Jane earns _____________________________________________________________ 4. Vietnam lost an average of 100,000 hectares of forest per year. Brazil lost an average of 2,681,400 hectares of forest per year. Vietnam lost ___________________________________________________________
5. We used to spend an hour to drive to work, but now we spend 45 minutes. We spend _____________________________________________________________ 6. Dharavi slum in Mumbai has 1,000,000 people. Kibera slum in Nairobi has 700,000 people. Dharavi slum __________________________________________________________ 7. There are 31 days in March. There are 30 days in April. April has ______________________________________________________________ 8. His car needs 6 litres of fuel to travel 100 km, but my car needs only 5 litres of fuel. My car uses ___________________________________________________________ VI.
VII.
Match the tag questions on the right with the sentences on the left. 1. You can’t answer all the questions,
a. didn’t he?
2. You used to like pizza,
b. will he?
3. He’s not waiting for us,
c. have you?
4. The teacher should explain the lesson,
d. is he?
5. Jane didn’t understand the problem,
e. can you?
6. Bob gave you a birthday present,
f. aren’t there?
7. You haven’t seen my watch anywhere,
g. doesn’t it?
8. Russia produces a lot of natural gas,
h. didn’t you?
9. Andrew won’t be angry,
i. did she?
10. There are some chairs upstairs,
j. shouldn’t he?
Put in the correct question tags for each sentence. 1. There are too many people living in the city, ___________? 2. Malnutrition is the major cause of death for children living in slums, ___________? 3. Visitors don’t usually visit the slums, ___________? 4. Phong had a very good time in Brazil, ___________? 5. Authorities will have to find solutions to prevent immigration, ___________? 6. She has lived in Dharavi slum for years, ___________? 7. Phong thinks Brazil is interesting, ___________? 8. The world’s population isn’t growing in all countries, ___________? 9. Life must be difficult in the slums, ___________? 10. The homeless can’t afford to pay rent, ___________? 11. It is not safe for tourist to visit the slums, ___________? 12. Everybody wants to save the world, ___________?
VIII.
Underline the best form. 1. Let’s have a morning walk, do we/ shall we? 2. You used to love going out when we were young, didn’t you/ usedn’t you?
3. Don’t forget to turn off the computer before you leave, can you/ will you? 4. Your father seldom drinks wine, does he/ doesn’t he? 5. I think they’re vegetarians, don’t I/ aren’t they? 6. Somebody told you the secret, didn’t it/ didn’t they? 7. I’m late again, aren’t I/ am not I? 8. This was an interesting exercise, wasn’t this/ wasn’t it? 9. Your grandparents have never been out of the village, have they/ haven’t they? 10. There’s something wrong, isn’t it/ isn’t there? IX.
Choose the correct option to complete each sentence. 1. Rhonda has ________ homework to do than Ricky because she did more of it during school. A. more
B. less
C. fewer
2. Nearly 1.1 billion ________ people are living in extreme poverty than in 1990. A. fewer
B. less
C. many
3. Crime will affect everyone in different ways, ________? A. doesn’t it
B. will it
C. won’t it
4. In the city there are ________ job opportunities than in the countryside. A. more
B. fewer
C. less
5. Nobody knows exactly how many people live in slums, ________? A. don’t they
B. do they
C. does it
6. I think you should go shopping today because you have ________ time than I do. A. less
B. fewer
C. more
7. John doesn’t drink much coffee. He drinks ________ coffee than his friends do. A. more
B. less
C. fewer
8. Mumbai has a population of around 21 million people, ________? A. hasn’t they
B. has it
C. doesn’t it
9. My mother is so busy, so she has visited me ________ times than my father has. A. fewer
B. less
C. more
10. That’s a memorable experience, ________? A. is that X.
B. isn’t it
C. isn’t that
Fill in each blank with an appropriate preposition. 1. There’s a shortage _________ cheap housing in the region. 2. In Mongolia, over 30% of the population live _________ poverty. 3. Dharavi was a fishing village _________ a population of a few thousand people. 4. Today our planet is home _________ 6.8 billion people. 5. All over the world around one billion people live _________ slums.
6. It seems likely that poverty is a cause _________ crime. 7. What is the population _________ Vietnam? 8. Malnutrition is responsible _________ 55% of children’s deaths worldwide. C. SPEAKING I.
Write questions for the underlined parts. 1. A: ___________________________________________________________________ B: Children living in slums have more diseases because of poor living conditions. 2. A: ___________________________________________________________________ B: The population of London is 9 million people. 3. A: ___________________________________________________________________ B: Overcrowding causes problems such as housing, congestion, unemployment, etc. 4. A: ___________________________________________________________________ B: Dharavi slum in Mumbai was founded in 1883. 5. A: ___________________________________________________________________ B: Nearly one million people live in Dharavi slum. 6. A: ___________________________________________________________________ B: Many people from the countryside are moving to big cities to find work. 7. A: ___________________________________________________________________ B: Jamal Malik is the main character of the film Slumdog Millionaire 8. A: ___________________________________________________________________ B: The world population has grown very rapidly.
II.
Put the dialogue into the correct order. ______ Yes. However, there was much fewer vehicles 10 years ago. About half of them. ______ So do I. ______ I didn’t notice it, but I know why the city gets crowed over the time. ______ What for? ___1__ Look at the street, Eva! Too crowded! ______ You’re right. I think overpopulation is such a serious issue. ______ Because more and more people from rural areas are moving to the city. ______ To find work and a better life. So the city is now overcrowded. ______ Sure. It’s always very crowded in the rush hour, isn’t it? ______ Why?
D. READING I.
Complete the passage with the words from the box. seeking
affected
densely
hygiene
overcrowded
slums
jams
urban
The population of the world is an ever increasing number. In most parts of the world, the cities are (1) ________ populated. Moreover, this figure keeps on increasing as people move to (2) ________ areas for jobs and better opportunities. Overcrowding of the cities leads to multiple problems. Often, people have trouble (3) ________ accommodation, those who do not have sufficient funds have to stay in shanties and (4) ________. Lack of proper living facilities leads to a variety of health and (5) ________ problems. Transportation is also (6) ________. Overpopulation is a burden upon transport facilities and this is seen I many cities today; (7) ________ trains, buses and multiple traffic (8) ________. Overall overpopulation is a strain on the economy and environment. II.
Read the passage carefully, then do the tasks. Tokyo, the City with the World’s Largest Population Density As of 2018, the world population has climbed to around 7.3 billion people and is expected to reach 10 billion people by 2050. There’s a steady increase in Europe and the United States, while the Middle East, Asia, and Africa are expected to grow even more in the future. But where are the most densely populated places on the globe? Metropolitan areas with a population of over 10 million are called megacities, and currently, there are 37 of them dotted around the planet. Included in this number are Tokyo, Osaka, and Nagoya, Japan’s three biggest cities. While Japan is currently experiencing a decline in the population overall, Tokyo is an exception and keeps growing, boasting the largest number of people of all the cities in the world. People who come to Japan for the first time are often surprised by the mass os people in Tokyo’s rush-hour trains during weekdays. Sightseeing spots, too, are always crowded and even when walking down the street in a popular area, it is often hard to not bump into someone all the time. Tokyo city itself has a population os 13 million people and it houses about 10% of the population of all of Japan. If you include the neighboring perfectures of Kanagawa, Saitama, and Chiba, the total population reaches 38 million people! The total population of japan is about 127 million people, so that’s a whopping 30% and makes it the most populous urban area in the world. A. Decide if the following statements are true or false. 1. Tokyo is the most populated city in the world. 2. The population of Tokyo is growing despite Japan’s population decline. 3. Tokyo city itself has a population of 38 million people. 4. Around 10% of Japan ‘s population lives in Tokyo and the neighboring prefectures. 5. The trains in Tokyo are extremely crowded during peak time at weekends. 6. The streets in Tokyo’s popular areas are crowded with people. B. Answer the questions.
1. What will the world’s population be by 2050? ______________________________________________________ 2. What are megacities? ______________________________________________________ 3. What is the population of Japan? ______________________________________________________ 4. What percentage of Japan's population lives in the Tokyo area? ______________________________________________________
E. WRITING I.
Arrange the words to make sentences meaningful. 1. there/ a/ in/ is/ of/ clean/ country/ shortage/water/ this/ clean. ________________________________________________________________ 2. In/children/living/ suffer/ malnutrition/ from/ often/slums ________________________________________________________________ 3. serious/ overpopulation/ it/ problem/ isn't/ a/ is? ________________________________________________________________ 4. causing/is/ more/ overpopulation/ we/ problems/can/imagine/ than. ________________________________________________________________ 5. is/ main/ causing/air pollution/reasons/ the/l one/ of/ overpopulation. ________________________________________________________________ 6. less/countryside/ the/ traffic/there/ air pollution/ is/ and/in. ________________________________________________________________ 7. of/ most/Mumbai/ is/ densely/ the/ cities/in/ one/ populated/the/ world. ________________________________________________________________ 8. problem/ for/ traffic/becoming/ congestion/is/ a/ major/ huge/ many/ cities. ________________________________________________________________
II.
Write the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first one. Use the word in brackets. 1. It's necessary for the government to find a solution to reduce traffic jams. (have) The government __________________________________________________ 2. What is the population of Ho Chi Minh City? (in) How many __________________________________________________
3. They no longer love going out at the weekend, don't they? (used) They__________________________________________________ 4. There is more crime in cities than in rural areas. (lower) Crime rates __________________________________________________ 5. Most people think overpopulation is less dangerous than it is. (more) Overpopulation 6. Although the weather was bad, I had a very good time in Brazil. (spite) In __________________________________________________ 7. Crime affects everyone in different ways. (by) Everyone __________________________________________________ 8. You want to have a look at my new car, don't you? (like) You'd __________________________________________________
TEST FOR UNIT 12 I.
II.
III.
Choose the word that has underlined part pronounced differently from the rest. 1. a. diverse
b. crime
c. disease
d. violence
2. a. death
b. peaceful
c. wealthy
d. spread
3. a. overcrowded
b. populated
c. polluted
d. advantaged
4. a. city
b. space
c. spacious
d. peaceful
5. a. homeless
b. problem
c. poverty
d. solve
Choose the word that has different stress pattern. 1. a. peaceful
b. disease
c. shortage
d. spacious
2. a. commit
b. healthy
c. standard
d. poverty
3. a. malnutrition
b. population
c. overcrowded
d. accommodate
4. a. criminal
b. density
c. nutrition
d. megacity
5. a. populated
b. explosion
c. economy
d. diverse
Complete each sentence with an appropriate word in the box. overcrowded
poverty
population
disease
wealthy
slum
crimes
effects
1. The _______________ of overpopulation are quite severe. 2. More than half the world's _______________ live in urban areas. 3. The city of Auckland is so _______________ that it is paying people to leave. 4. The largest _______________ in Mumbai is called Dharavi. 5. The _______________ is easily preventable with a vaccine.
6. People living in poverty are more likely to commit _______________. 7. Only _______________ people could afford to travel abroad. 8. Because of their _______________ they did not have the means to spend much. IV.
Choose the best answer a, b, c or d to complete the sentence. 1. In 2019, the population _____ Jakarta is over 10.5 million. a. in
b. with
c. of
d. for
2. It is not unusual to be stuck in traffic _____ several hours during rush hour. a. in
b. for
c. at
d. to
3. People living in a city want to spend _____ time in traffic jams. a. more
b. less
c. fewer
d. much
4. Because of _____ poverty, Mumbai can be a difficult place to live. a. its
b. it's
c. his
d. theirs
5. The population _____ of London city is 5,590 people per square kilometer. a. growth
b. explosion
c. density
d. decline
6. Many countries have the problem of overpopulated cities, _____? a. do they
b. haven't they
c. doesn't it
d. don't they
7. _____ there are still thousands of homeless people living on the streets, it is fewer than in the past. a. As
b. Though
c. Because
d. While
8. Overpopulation is a serious problem which is _____ the world in negative ways. a. facing
b. solving
c. causing
d. affecting
9. We will be successful if we try hard, _____? a. don't we
b. will we
c. won't we
d. do we
10. "Life must be very difficult with homeless people." “_____. They have to face many problems beyond the lack of a suitable home." a. Not really. V.
b. No doubt.
c. Of course not.
d. Not at all.
Write the correct form or tense of verbs in brackets. 1. In 2016, more than half of Mumbai's population ___________ (live) in slums. 2. Many people ___________ (move) from small towns to big cities in recent years 3. The world's population ___________ (grow) at a startling rate 4. In the next forty years, the earth ___________ (accommodate) nearly 3 billion more people. 5. London ___________ (be) one of the most populated cities of the world. 6. At this time tomorrow, we ___________ (visit) Dharavi slum in Mumbai. 7. No one ___________ (want) to be homeless-it's dangerous and stressful 8. The Dharavi slum ___________ (found) in 1883 during the British colonial era. 9. City governments need ___________ (find) a solution to reduce traffic jams
10. They don't mind ___________ (help) the people who are in need. VI.
Write the correct form of the words in brackets. 1. Today, we suffer from a population ___________. (explode) 2. Jakarta is the most ___________ city in Southeast Asia. (populate) 3. The policeman ordered the ___________ to drop his weapon. (crime) 4. Approximately one-third of Dhaka's residents live in___________ . (poor) 5. The population ___________ of Vietnam is 293 people per square kilometer. (dense) 6. Many of the refugees are suffering from severe___________ . (nutrition) 7. London's population makes it by far the ___________ city in the UK. (large) 8. Rapid growth of the city has led to a housing ___________. (short) 9. Do you think overpopulation is a cause of ___________ in the world? (hungry) 10. Children living in severely ___________ homes often have no space to play, study and develop. (crowd)
VII.
There is one mistake in each sentence. Find and correct it. 1. In 2050, the world's population will grown to 9 billion. 2. Traffic congestion has become a serious problem in big cities, doesn't it? 3. The amount of motorbikes should be limited to reduce traffic jams 4. Nearly one million people live in Dharavi, the largest slum of Mumbai 5. Forest areas are destroy to make space for new houses. 6. Less than thirty children each year develop the disease. 7. There are social causes of homeless, such as a lack of housing, poverty and unemployment. 8. Your father used to drink coffee every morning, usedn't he?
VIII.
Match sentences 1. Are people's lives affected if the
a. Reducing births around the world
population increases? 2. What is the current world population? b. It could lead to higher levels of pollution. 3. What can we do to stop overpopulation? 4. Overpopulation is a serious problem,
c. 3.1 people per sq km.
d. Yes, of course.
isn't it? 5. How does overpopulation affect the environment? 6. Many poor people in the city live in
e. Sounds awful! Something must be done to solve this problem. f. That may be true.
slums because of a housing shortage. 7. What is the population density of Australia?
g. 7.7 billion
8. There won't be enough food to feed the h. Yes, it is. world in 2050, will there? IX.
Choose the correct answers to complete the passage. Is life (1) ______ in cities? Probably not. Many people find that the city of their dreams has become a nightmare. Population (2) ______ is causing unbelievable overcrowding. This overcrowding (3) _____ many serious problems: traffic, pollution, sickness, and crime. There isn't enough water, transportation, or housing. Perhaps, most serious (4) _____ all, there aren't enough jobs. One-third to one-half of the people in many cities in developing nations cannot find work or can find only (5) _____ jobs. Millions of these people are hungry, homeless, sick and afraid. The crisis is worsening (6) ______; that is, this time of danger and difficulty is becoming more horrible every day. Population (7) _____ tell us that by the year 2025, the population in cities in developing nations will increase to four times (8) _____ present size.
X.
1. a. good
b. better
c. best
d. gooder
2. a. density
b. exploit
c. decline
d. growth
3. a. causes
b. makes
c. forms
d. solves
4. a. of
b. for
c. at
d. in
5. a. permanent
b. well-paid
c. part-time
d. full-time
6. a. yearly
b. monthly
c. daily
d. weekly
7. a. teachers
b. experts
c. tellers
d. reporters
8. a. their
b. theirs
c. it's
d. its
Read the passage carefully then do the tasks.
China has more people than any other country in the world. China is almost equivalent, land-wise, to the United States. However, China has a much larger population.
The bars on the graph above compare the populations of China and the United States. Over 1,300,000,000 people live in China. This is four times more than the number of people who live in the United States! Many Chinese live in cities. As people move to the cities, the cities grow. People build houses and businesses on land that was once used for farming. Then the land can no longer be used to grow crops. This makes it hard for China to grow enough food for its people. The government was not sure there was enough food to feed people in the growing cities. So lawmakers tried to keep the cities from growing. The government even made a law to control population growth. The law said that most families living in cities should only have one child. Parents who have more than one child would have to pay a fine. A. Match the words with their definitions. 1. equivalent
a. food that is farmed
2. land-wise
b. a sum of money given when a rule or law is broken
3. crops
c. the increase in the number of people in a place
4. population growth
d. alike in size
5. fine
e. relating to land
B. Choose the correct answers. 1. This passage is mostly about _________ a. the differences between China and the United States. b. the size of China's population and where people live. c. laws in China about the population. d. why it's hard to have children in cities. 2. According to the passage, China's population is ________ a. about equal to the U.S. population b. about half of the U.S. population c. about four times larger than the U.S. population d. only a tiny bit more than the U.S. population 3. Why does the author use the bar graph? a. To compare whether China or the U.S. is a better country b. To show that China is smaller than the U.S c. To help the reader compare the populations of China and the U.S d. To prove that China's population has grown dramatically. 4. Based on information in this passage, it can be concluded that _______ a. it would be better if people only lived in city areas.
b. many Chinese people want to move to other countries. c. there is enough land in China to grow food for everyone. d. the Chinese government is worried about the population growth. 5. Which of the following is NOT true? a. China covers roughly the same land area as the United States b. All farmland in China was converted into homes. c. The government of China was worried about food shortages. d. China adopted a one-child policy to control population growth. XI.
Make sentences using the provided key words.
1. the world/ there/ many cities/which/ facing/ overcrowding. _________________________________________________________________ 2. Saigon/ most populous city/Vietnam/population/ 8.6 million _________________________________________________________________ 3. overpopulated cities/ public transport/ usually/ overcrowded/ especially/ rush hour. _________________________________________________________________ 4. large numbers of people/ move/ the countryside/the cities/ in recent years. _________________________________________________________________ 5. There/ more/ job opportunities/ the big cities/ the rural areas/ aren't? _________________________________________________________________ 6. Local governments/ have to/ find/ solution/housing shortage. _________________________________________________________________ 7. A lot of people/ who/ homeless/suffer/ health problems _________________________________________________________________ 8. Over the next ten years/ the population/ the world/grow/ by 1 billion. _________________________________________________________________
TEST YOURSELF 4 I.
Choose the word that has underlined part pronounced differently from the rest.
1. a. clean
b. disease
c. mean
d. nuclear
2. a. biogas
b. energy
c. dangerous
d. generate
3. a. slum
b. nutrition
c. abundant
d. hunger
4. a. consumption
b. solution
c. question
d. population
5. a. machinery
b. cheap
c. exchange
d. beach
II.
Choose the word that has different stress pattern. 1. a. footprint
b. wealthy
c. pollute
d. healthcare
III.
2. a. plentiful
b. convenient
c. serious
d. popular
3. a. gather
b. reduce
c. provide
d. affect
4. a. successful
b. renewable
c. available
d. electricity
5. a. accommodate
b. overcrowded
c. malnutrition
d. population
Fill in each blank with a suitable word from the box. high-speed eco-friendly
harmful
density
flying
slums
renewable
populated
1. Solar power is ______________ because it doesn't harm the environment. 2. It is predicted that ______________ will be a popular means of transport by 2050. 3. Journey times have been reduced considerably thanks to _____________ trains. 4. Manila is the most densely _______________ city in the world. 5. The United States' population _____________ is 13.5 people per square mile. 6. People living in _____________ lack basic services such as clean water and sanitation. 7. When fossil fuels are burned, they release carbon dioxide and other gases that are ____________ to the environment. 8. Will ____________ energy replace fossil fuels within 30 years? IV.
Choose the best answer a, b, c or d to complete the sentence.
1. The monowheel looks futuristic, but it can fall ______ very easily a. up
b. down
c. over
d. out
2. Natural gas is limited and it is harmful ______ the environment a. for
b. in
c. with
d. to
3. If you turn off the light when you leave the room, you'll use _____ energy. a. fewer
b. less
c. more
d. most
4. I didn't have my mobile, so Peter lent me _____. a. mine
b. his
c. their
d. hers
5. I'd prefer to have a _____ that can take me to another place in seconds. a.teleporter
b. monowheel c. hover scooter
d. flying car
6. You have never heard about teleportation, _____? a. do you
b. don't you
c. have you
d. haven't you
7. With a solar PV system, solar panels _____ sunlight right into electricity. a.create
b. generate
c. provide
d. convert
8. Self-driving cars are expected to be _____ than human-driven ones. a. more safely
b. less safe
c. more safer
d. much safer
9. Mumbai is land of some of the world's richest people. _____, it is also home to the world's poorest. a. Although
b. Therefore
c. However
d. Despite
10. "Should I use public transport or a bike to reduce carbon dioxide?" “_________” a. Of course. It helps to reduce your carbon footprint, you know. b. Why not? It will harm the environment. c. I won't advise you to do so. d. How about taking your car? V.
Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets. 1. In 2017, they ____________ (install) solar panels to provide heat for their hot water. 2. I ____________ (visit) Rio de Janeiro twice so far. It's very diverse! 3. Tomorrow at 8p.m James ____________ (watch) a film on Netflix. 4. I think that driverless cars ____________ (use) widely in the next two decades. 5. Overcrowding ____________ (cause) huge problems such as housing, congestion, unemployment and air pollution. 6. Look, Janet! The boy over there ____________ (ride) a Segway. 7. Since 1990, the population of the city ____________ (grow) by 110,000 people 8. Hoi Mua Festival ____________ (hold) every March to thank the God for the crop. 9. My father installed glass in the windows to stop heat ____________ (escape) 10. I'd prefer ____________ (have) a hoverboard, so that I can fly to school!
VI.
Supply the correct form of the words in brackets. 1. The slums are often ____________, with many people crammed into very small living spaces. (crowd) 2. Most _____________ energy sources are fossil fuels such as coal, petroleum, and natural gas. (renew) 3. Dean Kamen is an ____________ of the Segway scooter. (invent). 4. _______________ is about not having enough money to meet basic needs. (poor) 5. _______________ materials can be processed and used again. (recycle) 6. By 2035, the world's population will _____________ 50% more energy. (consumption) 7. New York is one of the most _______________ diverse cities in the world. (culture) 8. Children tend to be more _____________ than adults. (imagine)
VII.
Each sentence has a mistake. Find and correct it.
1. The fewer furniture that you have in your bedroom, the bigger it will look. 2. Renewable energy is a practical solution of our electricity needs. 3. By increasing renewable energy, we can reduce air pollution and cutting global warming emissions. 4. In six years' time, we will be travelled across town by flying taxi. 5. People from the countryside move to city to find work and a better standard of living.
6. When you were a child, you used to go to school on foot, weren't you? 7. Friday night, a friend of our from college came up to see us. 8. Another Japanese city, Osaka, also has a very large population with 20.5 million. VIII.
Write questions for the underlined parts 1. A: ________________________________________________________ B: The personal hover scooter can travel at around 30kph 2. A: ________________________________________________________ B: There are approximately 7.6 billion people in the world today. 3. A: ________________________________________________________ B: I prefer jetpacks to flying cars 4. A: ________________________________________________________ B: Vietnam still relies on non-renewable energy sources 5. A: ________________________________________________________ B: Nuclear power isn't used extensively because it's both expensive and dangerous 6. A: ________________________________________________________ B: They used to live in the Dharavi slum when they were in Mumbai. 7. A: ________________________________________________________ B: Self-driving cars will be on the road by 2020. 8. A: ________________________________________________________ B: It takes just two and a half hours to travel from Tokyo to Osaka by bullet train.
IX.
Choose the correct answer which fits each gap. There are number of things we can do if we want to help save our (1) _____. For example, if we stop wasting paper and recycle paper and cardboard, we'll save some of the millions trees which are cut (2) _____ every year. As far as the problem of rubbish is concerned, if we recycle bottles and cans and organic waste, and stop taking (3) ______ from the supermarket, this will all make a big difference. We also have to stop making (4) _____ car journeys so as to cut down air pollution. Try walking or using a bike (5) _____. Water is another problem, and we should all (6) _____ showers, not baths, to save water. Finally, we need to stop using so (7) _____ energy, so try changing to (8) _____ light bulbs, and turning off unnecessary lights. 1. a. moon
b. planet
c. home
d. source
2. a. out
b. up
c. down
d. into
3. a. shopping
b. recyclable
c. plastic
d. paper
4. a. abundant
b. unnecessary
c. unlimited
d. inconvenient
5. a. instead
b. replace
c. despite
d. in place
6. a.make
b. take
c. get
d. wash
X.
7. a. lots of
b. little
c. much
d. many
8. a. waste-energy
b. save-energy
c. high-energy
d. low-energy
Read the passage carefully, then do the tasks. Self-driving cars have the potential to make travelling easier and safer than ever. Getting around an unfamiliar city could be as simple as opening an app and hailing an autonomous car. Technically speaking, self-driving cars are already on the road, thanks to a number of brands - but they're not legally allowed to fully drive themselves yet on public roads, and may not be for a while yet. There is a long list of companies working on self-driving vehicles, from traditional car manufacturers such as BMW, Audi and Volkswagen, to tech companies such as Uber, Tesla and Google. The most notable company in this field is Tesla, which is constantly rolling out software and hardware updates for its cars to improve their autonomous capabilities little by little. Its Autopilot system can already drive a car better than a human, Tesla says, though right now you're only legally allowed to use it to help you stay in lanes on a motorway, change lanes when needed, and adjust the car's speed based on the traffic around it. A. Match the synonyms. 1. potential
a. driverless
2. unfamiliar
b. launch
3. autonomous
c. change
4. notable
d. strange
5. roll out
e. possibility
6. adjust
f. famous
B. Decide if the following statements are true (T) or false (F) 1. Self-driving cars make it easier for people to get around a strange city. 2. Self-driving cars can fully drive themselves on public roads right now. 3. Lots of companies are working towards developing self-driving vehicles. 4. Tesla constantly updates its car's software to improve self-driving capabilities. 5.Tesla says that its Autopilot system is better than a human driver. 6. Right now, Tesla Autopilot can only be used to change lanes on the highway. XI.
Write the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first one 1. Keep the environment clean or we will suffer from pollution. If ____________________________________________________________________ 2. I last visited my native village when I was ten. I haven't ______________________________________________________________ 3. Humans don't drive as carefully as self-driving cars. Self-driving cars ________________________________________________________
4. There aren't many people who still want to stay in the village. There are only _________________________________________________________ 5. The population of Los Angeles is over 3 million. Los Angeles ___________________________________________________________ 6. People will use flying cars to travel across the globe some day. Flying cars ____________________________________________________________ 7. Developing countries have more population problems than developed countries. 8. Developed countries _____________________________________________________ 9. Veronica is one of my good friends. Veronica is a ___________________________________________________________
ĐÁP ÁN BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 – MAI LAN HƯƠNG (TẬP 2)
UNIT 7 A. PHONETICS I. 1. /ei/ 7. /e/ 13. /ei/ 19. /e/
2. /e/ 8. /ei/ 14. /ei/ 20. /e/
3. /ei/ 9. /e/ 15. /e/
4. /e/ 10. /ei/ 16. /e/
5. /ei/ 11. /ei/ 17. /ei/
6. /e/ 12. /ei/ 18. /ei/
II. 1.a
2.c
3.b
4.d
5.b
B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. 1. car 2. Motorbike
II.
III.
IV.
3. Ship
4.train
5. boat
6. Bike
7. Plane
8. bus
9. helicopter
10. Truck
11. Subway
12. Van
1. Truck
2. Bike
3. Motorbike
4. Train
5. ship
6. helicopter
7. plane
8. Bus
9. boat
10. Subway
1. flew
2. Get on
3. reversed
4. ride
5. drove
6. sail
7. get off
8. cycles
1. road sign
2. driving licence
3. zebra crossings
4. plane tickets
5. speed limit
6. traffic jam
7. railway station
8. means of transport
9. Road safety
10. cycle helmet 7. a
10. c
V.
1. a
VI.
1. can
2. c
3. a
4. b
2. mustn’t
5. c
6. a
3. mustn’t
8. b
4. must
9. a
11. b 12. c
VII.
5. mustn’t
6. can
7. must
9. must
10. mustn’t
8. can
1. used to live
2. didn’t use to like
3. didn’t use to read
5. used to get up
6. didn’t use to be
7. used to wash
9. didn’t use to eat
10. used to travel
4. used to play 8. used to work
VIII. 1. We used to live in a flat when I was a child. 2. People didn’t use to have mobile phones 20 years ag 3. Did Jim use to go swimming every weekend? 4. My father used to smoke but he gave up five years ago. 5. Lily didn’t use to cook much, but now she makes dinner every day. 6. Did there use to be a supermarket on the corner? 7. People didn’t use to buy so much stuff as they do today. 8. Did you use to play football or basketball at school? 9. I used to go bed very late but not anymore 10. Wich TV programme did you to watch most when you were little? IX. 1. did you use to be
2. used to wear
3. used to be
4. didn’t use to like
5. did you use to do
6. didn’t use to have
7. used to be
8. used to play
9. Did you use to get
10. used to study X.
l.b
2. d
3. a
4.c
5.b
6.d
7.c
8.a
XI. 1. It is about 150 million kilometres from the Earth to the sun.
9.d
10.b
2. It is about 105 km from Hanoi to Hai Phong. 3. It is about 500 metres from my house to my school. 4. It is about 170 km from Quy Nhon City to Pleiku City. 5. It is not very far from here to Tan Son Nhat Airport. 6. It is a long way to go from Hue to Ho Chi Minh City. XII. 1.
A. How far is it from your village to the town? B. It’s about 10 kilometres. C. How do you travel to the town? D. I travel to the town by motorbike.
2.
A. How far is it from Nga’s house to her grandparents’ house? B. It’s about 700 metres. C. How does Nga go to her grandparents’ house? D. She goes to her grandparents’ house on foot.
3.
A. How far is it from your hometown to Ho Chi Minh City? B. It’s about 900 kilometres. C. How do you travel to Ho Chi Minh City? D. I travel to Ho Chi Minh City by train.
4.
A. How far is it from Jim’s office to the restaurant? B. It is not very far. C. How does Jim go to the restaurant? D. He walks to the restaurant.
XIII.
1. on - in
2. by
3. on
4. at
5. in
6. from
7. off - for
8. on
9. about
10. for – in
C. SPEAKING I. 1. Why did you come to class late this morning? 2. Is your house far from school? 3. How far is it from your house to school? 4. How do you go to school? 5. How long does it take you (to go to school)? 6. How often do you get stuck in a traffic jam? 7. When do you often get stuck in a traffic jam? 8. What time do you usually go to school? II. - Sir, did I do anything wrong? - Yes, ma’am. Didn’t you see the red light? - Oh, I thought I could make a right turn on red here. - No, ma’am. The sign says “No Turn on Red.” - Oh, I guess I didn’t see it. - May I see your driver’s license and insurance policy, please? I have to give you a ticket. - Here they are. - Here’s your ticket. Please drive safely, ma’am. - Thank you, sir. - Have a nice day, ma’am. D. READING I. 1. across
2. far
3. vehicles
4. reason
5. safest
6. only 7. crossroad
8. Follow
II. A. l.T
2. F
3. F
4. T
5. T
6. F
B. 1. The first electric traffic light was invented in 1912. 2. Lester Wire, an American policeman, invented the first electric traffic light 3. The first electric traffic light had two colors: red and green. 4. The lights were first installed at the corner of 105th and Euclid Avenue in Cleveland, Ohio. 5. A buzzer sound was used instead of yellow light. 6. The yellow light was added in 1920. E. WRITING I. 1. What can we do to reduce traffic congestion in big cities? 2. How far is it from your hotel to the train station? 3. It is not very far from my house to school. 4. I think it’s time to do something to reduce traffic jams in Vietnam. 5. Mai used to go to school on foot when she was in primary school. 6. There are often traffic jams in the city center in the rush hour. 7. In the past, people didn’t use to worry about traffic congestion. 8. It is compulsory to wear a helmet when riding a motorbike in Vietnam. II. 1. I used to go swimming every Thursday when I was at school. 2. Mai went to school on foot when she was in primary school. 3. How about cycling to the town at the weekend? 4. It is about 2 kilometres from my house to the nearest bookstore. 5. The hotel is near/close to the aiport.
6. How far is Madrid from Barcelona?/How far is it from Madrid to Barcelona? 7. Make a left turn into Lavalle Street and then go straight ahead. 8. Did your father use to travel to work by car? TEST FOR UNIT 7 I. 1.d 2.b
3.c
4.d
II. 1. Railway Crossing
5.a 2. Slippery Road
5. No Overtaking
6. No Parking
9. Turn Right
10. Pedestrian Crossing 3. d
4.c
7. Crossroads
5.c
6.a
7.b
4. Hospital Ahead
8. No Left Turn
III.
1.b
IV.
1. Have you ever driven
2. flew
3. are learning
4. walks - is riding
5. lost
6. will buy
7. taught
8. to be
9. to drive
10. go
V.
2. a
3. Go Ahead Only
8.d
9.d
10.c
1. Obedience
2. Safety
3. Unhealthy
4. Carelessly
5. illegal
6. Flight
7. Strictly
8. Signaled
9. prohibitive
10. Warning
VI. 1. used -> use
2. drive -> ride
3. use -> used
4. limit speed —> speed limit
5. It -> It’s
6. mean -> means
7. for -> of
8. must -> mustn’t
VII.
1. f
2. a
3. e
4. b
5. h
6. c
7. d
8. g
VIII.
1. a
2. c
3. b
4. d
5.c
6. b
7. a
8. b
IX.
A.
1.d
2. c
3. a
4. e
5. b
B.
1. c
2. b
3. d
4. c
5. a
X. 1. The roads in Vietnam are too narrow to travel easily.
2. How far is it from your house to the bookstore? 3. Mai used to go to school on foot when she was in primary school. 4. It is very important to obey the traffic rules when you use the road. 5. It is about ten kilometres from the town to the airport. 6. Two days ago, we were stuck in a traffic jam for over two hours. 7. Most streets in the city centre are congested in/ during the rush hour. 8. Did you use to have a tricycle when you were a child? UNIT 8 I. /t/: closed, danced, walked, watched, finished, stopped, laughed, looked, increased, relaxed, brushed, touched /d/: pulled, opened, featured, showed, saved, enjoyed, engaged, performed, cried, described /id/: decided, suggested, needed, attended, waited, hated, painted, ended, wanted, directed II. 1.c 2. b
3. c
4. a
5. D
B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. 1. Thriller 2. Horror 3. Romantic comedies
4. comedies
5. Science fiction
6. Documentary
8. Animation
9. Adventure
10. Romance
II. 1. science fiction
2. Fantasy
7. Action
3. action film
4. animation
5. romantic comedy 6. Comedy
7. horror films
8. historical drama
III.
1.h
5. c
IV.
1. moving
2. Predictable
3. Violent
4. boring
5. hilarious
6. Gripping
7. Scary
8. shocking
2.f
3. g
4. i
6. a
7. e
8. j
9. d
10. b
V.
VI.
VII.
VIII.
9. incredible
10. entertaining
1. survey
2. Plot
3. Critics
4. documentaries
5. star
6. must-see
7. Disaster
8. review
9. special effects
10. director
1. frightening
2. Frustrated
3. Depressing
4. stressed - relaxing
5. shocking
6. Amazed
7. Amusing
8. bored
9. disappointed
10. exciting
1. exciting
2. Boring
3. Interested
4. fascinating
5. amused
6. Horrifying
7. Confusing
8. depressed
9. amazed
10. amusing
1. b
2. a
3. d
4. c
5. d
6. a
7. b
8. c
9. d
10. A
IX. 1. Although I didn’t find the film frightening at all... 2. … although most critics agreed that the film was her best ever. 3. … despite / in spite of being a well-reviewed hit. 4. Although Ben Stiller was the star of this movie ... 5. … despite I in spite of those poor reviews. 6. Despite / In spite of the fact that they split up over forty years ago ... 7. Although Meryl Streep is most well known for her many Oscar-worthy performances ... 8. … in spite of / despite knowing it is not true. X. 1. Although Glenn Close has been nominated six times, she hasn’t won a single Oscar. I Glenn Close hasn’t won a single Oscar although she has been nominated six times. 2. Despite being a famous singer, Brian Stone can’t sing folk songs. 3. Though some people said the film was terrible, I found it quite gripping. 11 found the film quite gripping though some people said it was terrible.
4. In spite of being a horror film, it was not frightening at all. 5. The movie was a box-office failure even though it had an all-star cast. I Even though the movie had an all-star cast, it was a box-office failure. 6 Despite good reviews, the film was entirely ignored by awards bodies. 7. In spite of criticism /being criticized for being too violent, the movie was a commercial success. 8. Although I liked it a great deal, I will likely never watch it again. 9. Despite the film’s largely negative reception, Penn was nominated for Best Actor. 10. Although critic reviews were favorable, the film was pulled early from theaters due to low ticket sales. XI. 1. however/ nevertheless
2. Despite/ In spite of
3. However/ Nevertheless
4. Although
5. despite/ in spite of
6. despite/ in spite of
7. However/ Nevertheless
8. Although
9. however/ nevertheless
10. Although
XII.
1.at-at
2. for
3. about
6. as
7. on
8. on
C. SPEAKING I. 1. What are you doing this evening? 2. How about going to the cinema tonight? 3. What’s on? 4. What kind of film is it? 5. What is it about? 6. Who does it star?
4. off
5. of
7. When is it on? 8. let’s meet outside the cinema at 6.45. II. - What type of movies do you like? - 1 like some sorts of movies, primarily drama and science fiction. - That’s an interesting combination. How about western movies? - I can’t stand western and horror. - Why don’t you like horror movies? They’re entertaining, I think. - Some are entertaining, but I find most of them stupid and childish. - I’m fascinated by scary movies. - So, what is your most favourite horror film? - The Ring. I’m going to watch it again tonight. Do you want to watch it? - I’m sorry. I have some homework to do tonight. D.READING I. 1. fantasy
II.
2. based
3. wizard
4. stars
5. released
6. worldwide 7. critics
8. Academy
A.
2. T
6. F
1. F
3. T
4. F
5. T
B. 1. Yes, they do. 2. He likes science fiction films with action and suspense. 3. He goes to the cinema every Friday. 4. Yes, he does. 5. It is a romantic comedy. 6. Katie doesn’t go to the cinema a lot because there isn’t a cinema near her house. E. WRITING I. 1. She thought the film far too violent to show to children.
2. His latest film is one of the funniest he has ever made. 3. Halloween is one of the most frightening films I have ever seen. 4. There was an interesting documentary on television last night. 5. James Cameron’s Titanic is one of the most successful movies of all time. 6. We all enjoyed the film although it has a very simple plot. / Although the film has a very simple plot, we all enjoyed it. 7. The film received some good reviews and some bad ones. 8. The film failed to do good business despite having a popular star cast. II. 1. Avengers: Infinity War was released in April 2018. 2. Despite his excellent performance, he didn’t win an Oscar for Best Actor. 3. I am interested in watching Monster Inc. 4. Although he has got an English-sounding name, James Martin is in fact German. 5. If the bus doesn’t arrive on time, we’ll miss the beginning of the film. 6. How about going to the cinema tonight? 7. I haven’t seen an American romance for three months. 8. Although the plot wasn’t very interesting, the special effects were spectacular.
I.
1.c
2. a
3. d
4. b
TEST FOR UNIT 8 5.b
II.
1.c
2. b
3. d
4. a
5. d
III.
1. comedy
2. horror
3. action
4. science fiction
5. documentary
6. animation
7. thriller
8. romantic comedy
IV.
1. a
4. B
7. b
9. d
V.
1. have seen
2. c
3. d
5. a 2. Won
6. c
8. d
10. C
VI.
VII.
3. am watching
4. was directed
5. didn’t receive
6. Does your brother usually watch
7. are you doing
8. hasn’t been
9. saw
10. Being
1. dissatisfied
2. famously
3. frightening
4. actresses
5. performance
6. disastrous
7. Scariest
8. criticism
9. educational
10. Succeeded
1. see -> saw 2. made-well -> well-made 3. interest -> interesting 4. despite of -> despite 5. animation —> animations 6. although -> because 7. of -> in 8. have -> having
VIII.
1. e
2.h
3. a
4.g
5. d
6.b
7.f
8. c
IX.
1.b
2.C
3. d
4. a
5.b
6. a
7. d
8. c
X.
A.1.d 2. e
3.f
4. c
5. A
6b
B. 1. Skyfall is an action film. 2. The film came out in cinemas in 2012. 3. The main characters are James Bond and Raoul Silva. 4. Javier Bardem plays the baddie in the film. 5. Skyfall is about an ex-spy who wants to take revenge on the organisation he used to work for and James Bond has to prevent this from happening.
6. The film is set in Istanbul, Shanghai, Macau, London and Scotland. 7. English singer Adele sang the theme song for Skyfall. 8. He says Javier Bardem’s performance is dazzling and memorable. XI. 1. It is the most boring movie I’ve ever seen. 2. I am interested in watching science fiction movies. 3. When did you last go to the cinema? 4. In spite of being scared, she enjoyed watching horror movies. 5. She suggested going out to dinner and a movie. / She suggested we (should) go out to dinner and a movie. 6. Although it was raining heavily, they still went hiking. 7. The movie was so gripping that I watched it three times. 8. We arrived on time despite the terrible traffic. UNIT 9 A. PHONETICS I. - Stress on 1st syllable: culture, manner, country, village, beauty, happy, season, gravy, turkey, gather, candle, listen, answer, costume, greasy - Stress on 2nd syllable: perform, describe, machine, relax, prefer, compete, begin, parade, prepare, abroad, amazed, expect, alone, attend, discuss II.
III.
1. FOllow
2. FEStive
3. alLOW
4. ETHnic
5. aSLEEP
6. enJOY
7. FInish
8. MUsic
9. rePORT
10. CHRISTmas
11. FIREwork
12. beTWEEN
13. deCIDE
14. HARvest
15. aGREE
16. misTAKE
1. award
2. Parade
3. Finish
4. protect
5. Critic
B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. 1. Tet 2. Halloween 5. La Tomatina
II.
III.
IV.
6. Diwali
3. Rio Carnival
4. Christmas
7. Thanksgiving
8. Ghost Festival
9. Mid-Autumn Festival
10. Easter
1. Religious
2. celebrations
3. festivals
5. Parade
6. Feast
7. greasy
9. chaos
10. Superstitious
1. festive
2. celebratory
3. Performers
4. Parades
5. performance
6. cultural
7. celebrations
8. Parading
2. for more information about Diwali festival -> Why 3. on the 15th day of the first lunar month -> When 4. for around 200 years -> How long 5. every year -> How often 6. in a joyful and exciting way -> How 7. around the town square -> Where 8. to attend Tomorrowland -> Why 9. between late January or early February -> When 10. with a lot of energy and enthusiasm -> How
V.
1. in your country 2. on the 15th day of the 8th lunar month 3. in some Asian countries 4. every year 5. to bring happiness and joy to the kids 6. In the evening of the day
4. seasonal 8. highlight
7. along the streets 8. so much VI.
1.What
2. When
5. How many 6. How long 9. Why
3. Where
4. How often
7. Who
8. What kind/type
10. How
VII. 1. What is Tomorrowland? 1. When is the Songkran Festival usually celebrated? 3. Why do Vietnamese people go to pagodas at Tet? 4. By whom is Diwali celebrated? 5. How do the Vietnamese celebrate Tet? 6. festival site from the nearest town of Shepton Mallet? I How far is it from the festival site to the nearest town of Shepton Mallet? 7. Who receive lucky money put in red envelopes during Tet? 8. How much did It cost to go to Glastonbury Festival last year? 9. Where many people go to witness the Danang International Fireworks Festival? 10. How often does Jean visit Dalat to attend the Dalat Flower Festival? VIII.
1. in
2. at
3. on
4. as
7. with
8. On
9. for - for
10. In – up
5.C
7.G
C. SPEAKING I. 1.D 2.B
3. A
4.F
6.E
II. - Hello Dan. What are you doing? - Hi. I’m reading a book about festivals in the world. - Cool! Which festival do you find most impressive?
5. On
6. at
- I think it should be Day of the Dead. - Day of the Dead? Where is it celebrated? - It is celebrated in Mexico, Ecuador, Guatemala in November 1 st . - What do people do in this festival? - They decorate their homes and gravesites with food, candles, candy skulls and flowers to welcome the dead back to earth. They also dress up as skeletons and parade through the streets. - Fantastic! Can I borrow your book once you finish reading it? - Sure. D. READING I. 1. costumes 5. frightening II.
A.
1. T
2. F
2. trick-or-treating
3. other
4. fun
6. carved
7. comes
8. Unwanted
3. F
4. F
5. T
6. T
B. 1. Holi is mainly celebrated in India and Nepal. 2. Holi normally takes place in March and sometimes in late February. 3. The festival lasts for a night and a day. 4. Holi festival is celebrated to commemorate the victory of good over evil, to mark the arrival of Spring, and a time to give thanks for the good harvest. 5. People celebrate Holika Dahan by gathering around a bonfire and performing religious rituals praying that evil will be destroyed. 6. People chase each other, smear each other with paint, throw coloured paint powder over each other, and drench each other with colored water. E. WRITING I. 1. Rio has the most famous carnival in the world. 2. When the festival starts, people gather in the town square. 3. The festival starts with an opening parade where people walk through the streets.
4. There are more than 2 million people on the streets during the carnival in Rio. 5. The main highlight of the carnival is the samba parade with two hundred samba schools. 6. We have parties and other celebrations throughout the festival. 7. Diwali is the five-day festival of lights celebrated by millions of Hindus across the world. 8. To celebrate Diwali, houses are decorated with candles and colourful lights. / Houses are decorated with candles and colourful lights to celebrate Diwali. II. 1. When was the first Cannes Film Festival held? 2. More than 70 samba schools took part in the five-day carnival 3. No festival in Japan is older than Omizutori. 4. The music festival was held in spite of the bad weather yesterday. 5. I am looking forward to watching the samba parade in Rio Carnival. 6. La Tomatina takes place on the last Wednesday of August. 7. Thousands of people lined the streets in order to watch the massive colourful parade. 8. Although the festival took place in a remote area, a lot of people attended it.
I.
1. a
2. c
3. b
4. d
TEST FOR UNIT 9 5. a
II.
1. d
2. a
3. b
4. c
5. d
III.
1. Celebrate
2. Tourists
5. traditional
6. prizes 3. d
4. b
5. d
6. a
7. b
8. c
4. paraded
IV.
1. a
V.
1. Joined
2. are parading
3. marks
4. was held
5. is awarded
6. will take place
7. has been
8. Have you ever attended
9. to write
10. taking
1. Festive
2. performance
VI.
2. c
3. candles
3. amazing
9. a
10. C
4. superstition
VII.
5. chaotic
6. unusual
9. tourists
10. Religious
7. traditionally
8. artistic
1. artist -> artistic 2. are -> is 3. at -> in 4. hold -> held 5. bigest -> biggest 6. the most weird -> the weirdest 7. What -> How 8. informations -> information
VIII.
1. b
2. f
3. a
4.g
5. d
6. e
7.h
8. C
IX.
1. b
2. d
3. c
4. a
5. c
6.b
7. a
8.C
X.
A. 1.d 2. c
3. a
4. e
5. b
B. 1.b 2. d
3. a
4. c
5. D
XI. 1. Christmas is one of the most famous religious festivals in the world. 2. Easter is held to celebrate the resurrection from the dead of Jesus Chris. 3. Japanese Girls’ Day is celebrated on March 3rd to pray for the health and happiness of young girls in Japan. 4. My family and I went to Thailand last April to take part in the Songkran Festival. 5. Elephants spray water on/onto tourists during the Songkran festival in Ayutthaya, Bangkok. 6. The highest prize awarded at the Cannes Film Festival is the Palme d’Or which is given to best film 7. Vietnamese people prepare for Tel by cleaning their houses and cooking tradulonal special foods 8. Thanksgiving is a seasonal holiday held annually thanks to God for successful harvest.
I.
1. a
2. d
3. b
4. c
TEST YOURSELF 3 5. b
II.
1.b
2. d
3. a
4.c
5.b
III.
1. school ahead
2. science fiction
3. traditional costume
4. No cycling
5. bad review
6. traffic jam
7. special effects
8. seasonal festival
IV.
1.b
V.
1. will miss
2. Visit
3. Went
4. are performing
5. hasn’t driven
6. was cancelled
7. Are you going
8. See
9. to climb
10. Throwing
1. Artists
2. Unhealthy
3. entertainment
4. scary
5. confused – confusing
6. illegal
7. performance
8. celebratory
VI.
VII.
2. b
3.d
4. a
5. b
6. c
7. a
8. d
9. b
10.c
1. play -> playing
2. which -> where
3. season -> seasonal
4. five days -> five-day
5. uses -> used
6. It -> It’s
7. Despite of -> Despite
8. much -> long
VIII.
1.f
2. d
3h
4. g
5. c
6. a
7. b
8. E
IX.
1. c
2. b
3a
4. B
5. a
6. D
7. c
8. B
X.
A.1.e 2. c
3. A
4. f
5. b
6. D
B. 1.T 2.T
3. F
4.T
5.F
6.F
XI.
1. Christmas is celebrated on 25th December every year. 2. How far is it from your house to the nearest supermarket? 3. You must not cross the road until the light goes green. 4. We haven’t attended a music festival for two years.
5. Although Susan was sick, she went to work yesterday. 6. I like/ enjoy romantic comedies most. 7. The film was worse than I though it would be. 8. It takes me half an hour to get to school. 9. Mai used to go to school on foot when she was in primary school. 10. She was frightened of the last sence of the film. UNIT 10 A. PHONETICS I. - Stress on 1st syllable: energy, biogas, plentiful, limited, natural, easily, countryside, generate, dangerous, atmosphere - Stress on 2nd syllable: pollution, unusual, develop, consumption, dioxide, recycle, improvement, important, advantage, tomorrow II.
1.Ooo
2. oOo
3. Oo
4. oOoo
5. oOoo
6. oOo
7. oOo
8 Oo
9. oOoo
10. Ooo
11. oOo
2. Oo
13. oOo
14. oOoo
15. Oo
16. OOoo
B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. 1. biogas 2. Hydro
II.
III.
3. coal
4. solar
5. Nuclear
6. natural gas
7. oil
8. wind
1. Solar
2. Biogas
3. Natural gas
4. Hydro
5. Coal
6. Oil
7. nuclear
8. Wind
1. Exhaustible
2. Abundant
3. Fossil
4. Non-renewable
5. Alternative
6. Polluting
IV.
7. renewable
8. Available
1. will be lying
2. will be waiting
3. will be working
4. will be starting
5. will be watching
6. will be living
7. will be catching
8. will be having
9. will be listening
10. will be using V.
1. will be having
2. will you be doing
3. will be studying
4. won’t be waiting
5. will be walking
6. Will Derek be playing
7. won’t be doing
8. Will we be visiting
9. won’t be swimming
10. Will you be going VI.
1. will be studying
2. will replace
3. won’t use
4. will be attending
5. will happen
6. won’t call
7. won’t be shopping
8. will find
9. will be working
1. will be monitored
2. will be taken
3. will be checked
4. will be set up
5. will be optimised
6. will be ordered
7. will be made
8. will be built
9. will be analysed
10. Will solar energy replace VII.
10. will be tailored VIII.
1. Electricity will be brought to remote areas next year (by the government). 2. The problem of energy shortage will be solved by using solar energy. 3. A new hydropower plant will be built (by the government) to meet increasing demand. 4. In the coming decades, renewable energy will be used every day. 5. Will all the world’s oil be used up in the next 100 years? 6. Solar panels will be placed on the roofs of houses to produce hot water and electricity.
7. Coal, oil, and gas won’t be replaced by alternative energy sources anytime soon. 8. Will fossil fuels be completely replaced by renewable energy in the future? IX.
1.b
2. d
3. c
4. a
5. d
6. b
7. c
8.d
9. a
X.
1. by
2. to
3. up 4. Out 5. on 6. for 7. on 8. into/to
10. c 9. off 10. For
C. SPEAKING I. 1. What should we use for cooking instead of gas? 2. What type of energy source is solar? 3. Why can’t nuclear power be used popularly? 4. What do people use solar power for? 5. When was Yaly Hydropower Plant constructed? 6. Where will solar panels be placed? 7. How much did the US spend on energy research in 2015? 8. How many types of renewable energy are there?
III.
- Do you use solar energy at home? - No, I don’t. Does it cost a lot to install solar panels? - Yes, it does. But you can reduce your electric bill by using solar power. - I know. Will I have power when the sun goes down? - Don’t worry. The panels have solar batteries that can store extra solar power for later use when the sun isn’t shining. - Really? And solar energy is green energy, isn’t it? - Yes. Solar power is one of the cleanest sources of energy, so it can help avoid the carbon dioxide and other air pollutant emissions. - That’s great! I really want to reduce my carbon footprint as much as possible - By consuming green energy, you can definitely do it.
- Thanks. D. READING I. 1. Turn
II.
2. Electricity
3. Gasoline
4. conserve
5. new
6. Recycled
7.cardboard
8. Hard
A. 1.T
2.T
3.T
4. F
5.T
6.F
B. 1. Fossil fuels are coal, crude oil, and natural gas. 2. Fossil fuels were formed millions of years ago. 3. Yes, they do. 4. There are five types of renewable energy sources. They are solar, geothermal, hydroelectric, biomass and wind. 5. No, they aren’t. 6. Because it is a natural energy, always available and does not have to be formed like non-renewable energy. E. WRITING I. 1. Non-renewable energy comes from sources that will run out some day. 2. Fossil fuels are limited and they are harmful to the environment. 3. Non-renewable energy resources cannot be replaced once they are used up. 4. Coal is cheap, but it releases a lot of pollutants when burned. 5. Vietnam currently relies heavily on fossil fuels for its energy. 6. Solar energy is the cleanest and most abundant renewable energy source. 7. You should fit solar panels to your home to provide water heating or electricity. 8. In a short time many more people will be using electric cars. II.
1. Coal is more expensive and more polluting than natural gas. 2. We are looking for cheap and clean, and effective sources of energy. 3. Will fossil fuels be replaced by solar and wind within 20 years.
4. I have visited Yaly hydroelectric power plant twice. 5. The first hydroelectric power plant was built at Niagara Falls in 1879. 6. You should switch off electrical appliances when they are not in use. 7. Despite being the most polluting of fossil fuels, coal is still the largest source of energy worldwide. 8. People will use biogas for fuel in homes and for transport.
I.
1.b
2. d
3. a
4. c
TEST FOR UNIT 10 5. b
II.
1.a
2. c
3.b
4. d
5. c
III.
1. Non-renewable
2. Solar
3. Footprints
4. fossil
5. run
6. Harmful
7. Panels
8. Replacing
IV.
1.b
V.
1. have used
2. will you be doing
3. is increasing
4. installed
5. will happen
6. will be built
7. is made
8. emits
9. to invest
10. Using
1. Inexhaustible
2. plentiful
3. electricity
4. effective
5. environmentally
6. polluting
7. categorized
8. Consumption
VI.
VII.
2. a
3.C
4. a
5. b
1. for -> to 2. can convert -> can be converted 3. more -> most 4. used -> using 5. instead -> instead of 6. to cook —> for cooking
6. b
7. a
8. D
9. c
10. A
7. environmental -> environmentally 8. are -> is VIII.
1. What is a carbon footprint? 2. What causes carbon emissions? 3. How does carbon footprint affect US? 4. How can I calculate my carbon footprint? 5. How can I reduce my carbon footprint?
IX.
1. c
2. a
3. c
4. a
5. b
6. d
7. d
8. B
X.
1. a
2. d
3. b
4. c
5. d
6. a
7. B
XI.
1. Solar energy can be used to heat water in homes. 2. Within 20 years, fossil fuels will be replaced by renewable sources. 3. This time next month, we will be using solar power for heating water. 4. Fossil fuels are limited and they are harmful to the environment. 5. Climate change is caused by the burning of oil and coal in order to produce energy. 6. Last year, we fitted solar panels to our house to provide solar electricity. 7. Every day we rely on energy to provide us with electricity, hot water, and fuel. 8. Will electric cars be more popular than petrol cars within/ in the next 15 years? UNIT 11
A. PHONETICS I. Questions 1. Do you think that flying taxi will be available soon? 2. When do they open the metro system?
Rising
Falling
✓ ✓
✓
3. Is it possible for airplanes to fly without a pilot? 4. Where can I learn to have a driver license?
✓
5. What does future motorbikes look like?
✓
6. Will public transportation use electric bus?
✓
7. Are you talking about driverless cars?
✓
8. How often do you cycle?
✓
9. Can scientists invent personal wings like a bird?
✓
10. How do solar-powered vehicles operate?
II.
✓
1. What are the advantages driverless cars? 2. Can I use electric bicycle in a rain? 3. Will we still have traffic jams in the sky? 4. When does the project about future transport start? 5. Who is the inventor of high-speed train? _* 6. Is solar-powered engine applicable to all vehicles? 7. Do you like wind-powered aircraft?* 8. Can you imagine pilotless helicopter? 9. Is it true that electric vehiclesjire environmentally friendly? 10. How big is a typical spaceship?
B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. 1. hover scooter 2. teleporter 5. jetpack II.
1.d
2. e
III.
1. pilotless
6. Segway 3.f
4. b
5. a
3. flying car
4. monowheel
7. skycycling tube
8. skytrain
6. c
2. Supersonic 3. solar-powered
4. Driverless
IV.
V.
5. eco-friendly
6. underwater
7. high-speed 8. gridlocked
1. fly
2. float
3. piloted
4. drive
5. hovers
6. rides
7. pedaled
8. flopped
9. crashed
10. Sail
1. What will life be like in 2025? 2. Cars won’t use petrol or diesel, but other fuel like electricity. 3. Most cars will drive by themselves. 4. Most of our energy will come from the sun, not oil. 5. Most families will own a robot that will do housework. 6. Appliances will communicate with each other and with you. 7. People won’t pay in cash, but by electronic card. 8. Life in the future will be better and easier.
VI.
VII.
VIII.
IX.
X.
1. will take
2. will recognise
3. will translate
4. will do
5. will fly
6. will control
7. will stay
8. will find
9. will stop
10. will live
1. will change
2. won’t drive
3. will travel
4. won’t fly
5. will use
6. will be equipped
7. will be
8. will be solved
1. mine
2. his
3. yours
4. ours
5. hers
6. theirs
7. Ours
8. mine
9. yours
10. his - hers
1. mine
2. Your
3. its
4. our - hers
5. my - theirs
6. her - his
7. their - ours
8. yours - mine
9. His - hers
10. My - his
1.d
2. c
3. b
4. a
5. a
6. C
7. b
8. a
9. d
10. c
XI.
1. Harry is a friend of mine. 2. That was their idea. 3. This house is ours. 4. This is my pencil, but where’s yours? 5. She is talking to a neighbor of hers. 6. His car is red. 7. Is that house theirs? 8. That is your cup.
XII.
1. in
2. in
3. on 4. on 5. On
6. by 7. in
8. by
9. on 10. On
C. SPEAKING I. 1. In the year 2050, there will be flying cars everywhere. 2. Manufacturers are developing self-driving cars that let A.I. take the wheel. 3.1 wish I had a jetpack, so I could get to school faster! 4. In thirty years, people will get around in their flying cars or on supersonic trains. 5. Solar cars will be powered by solar panels installed on the car itself. 6.1 believe that self-driving cars won’t be available until around 2030. 7. Thanks to advanced technologies, transport of the future will be faster and easier. 8. A sky safety system will be installed in flying cars to prevent them from crashing. II.
1. It will be easy to drive skycycling tubes. 2. The green bike is mine. 3. Are you interested in flying cars? 4. You should not go such a long way by bike. 5. Although electric cars cause no air pollution, they still cause traffic jams. 6. Sue is talking to one of her friends.
7. When I was in secondary school, I usually go to school on foot. 8. GPS technology will be used to increase accuracy and shorten routes.
I.
1.c
2. b
3. d
4. b
TEST FOR UNIT 11 5. a
II.
1.c
2. b
3. a
4. c
5. d
III.
1. means
2. Traffic
3. Up
4. disappear
5. driverless/ self-driving
6. Friendly
7. monowheel
8. Mine
IV.
1. d
5. a
7. b
10. b
V.
1. read
2. have been
3. won’t work
4. are facing
5. will change
6. will be replaced
7. is mostly powed
8. have
9. to go
10. having
1. Safety
2. Teleportation
3. disappear
4. Driverless
5. Inventor
6. unsuccessful
7. Personally
8. popularity
VI.
VII.
2. a
3. b
4. C
6. c
8. d
1. mean —> means
2. flew —> flown
3. crash —> crashing
4. It’s -> its
5. to help —> help
6. A -> An
7. me -> mine
8. Hers -> her
VIII.
1. c
2.e
3. a
4.g
5. h
6. f
7.d
8. b
IX.
1. d
2. c
3.b
4. c
5. d
6. a
7. b
8. c
X.
A.
1.b
2. e
3. d
4. a
5. c
B.
1.T
2.T
3. F
4. F
5. F
XI.
9. a
6.T
1. Are you ready to fly on a pilotless plane? 2. I think electric cars will replace gasoline cars in twenty years.
3. I’d prefer to have a jetpack to fly to the moon someday. 4. Many people will travel to work by flying car in/ by 2050. 5. At present, inventors are constantly working on improving transportation. 6. Will we have driverless vehicles in the near future? 7. Have you ever travelled on a high-speed train? 8. Although electric cars can help to reduce air pollution, they still cause traffic congestion. UNIT 12 A. PHONETICS I. 1. a'ffect
II.
2. di'verse
3. 'peaceful
4. 'wealthy
5. po'llute
6. e'ffect
7. 'hunger
8. 'spacious
9. be'come
10. di'sease
11. 'visit
12. co'mmit
13. 'shortage
14. re'quire
15. 'slumdog
1. nu'trition
2. so'lution
3. 'slavery
4. con'dition
5. po'llution
6. 'poverty
7. phy'sician
8. 'criminal
9. 'skyscraper
10. 'density
11. ex'plosion
12. a'mazing
13. 'serious
14. 'dangerous
15. 'homelessness
16. I'magine
B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. 1. d 2. f 3. e 4. h II.
III.
IV.
5. g
6. c
7. a
8. b
1. slum
2. Overcrowded
3. criminals
4. diverse
5. megacities
6. malnutrition
7. Density
8. Poverty
1. Wealthy
2. disease
3. affect
4. Slavery
5. crime
6. spacious
7. blocked
8. density
9. Diverse
10. healthcare
1. more
2. fewer
3.less
4. more
V.
5.less
6. fewer
9. fewer - less
10. More
7.less
8. more
1. Nha Trang has more tourist attractions than Phan Thiet. 2. 20 years ago, this city had fewer cars than(it does) today. 3. Jane earns less money than Peter. 4. Vietnam lost fewer forests than Brazil. 5. We spend less time to drive to work than we used to. 6. Dharavi slum has more people than Kibera slum. 7. April has fewer days than March. 8. My car uses less fuel than his car.
VI.
1. e
VII.
1. aren’t there
2. isn’t it
3. do they
4. didn’t he
5. won’t they
6. hasn’t she
7. doesn’t he
8. is it
9. mustn’t it
10. can they
11. is it
12. don’t they
1. shall we
2. didn’t you
3. will you
4. does he
5. aren’t they
6. didn’t they
7. aren’t I
8. wasn’t it
9. have they
10. isn’t there
VIII.
2. h
3. d
IX.
1.b
2. a
3. c
X.
1. of
2. in
3. With
4. j
4. a
5. i
6. a
7.C
8.g
9. b
5.b
6. c
7. b
8. c
9. a
4. To
5. in
6. of
7. of
8. For
C. SPEAKING I. 1. Why do children living in slums have more diseases? 2. What is the population of London? 3. What does overcrowding cause? 4. When was Dharavi slum in Mumbai founded?
10. F
10. B
5. How many people live in Dharavi slum? 6. Where are many people from the countryside moving to to find work? 7. Who is the main character of the film Slumdog Millionaire} 8. How has the world population grown? II.
- Look at the streets, Eva! Too crowded! - Sure. It’s always very crowded in the rush hour, isn’t it? - Yes. However, there was much fewer vehicles 10 years ago. About half of them. -1 didn’t notice it, but I know why the city gets crowded over the time. - Why? - Because more and more people from rural areas are moving to the city. - What for? - To find work and a better life... So the city is now overcrowded. - You’re right. I think overpopulation is such a serious issue. - So do I.
D. READING I. 1. densely 5. hygiene II.
2. T
2. urban
3. seeking
4. slums
6. affected
7. Overcrowded
8. jams
A.
1.T
3. F
4. F
5. F
6. T
B.
1. The world’s population will be 10 billion by 2050. 2. Megacities are metropolitan areas with a population of over 10 million. 3. The population of Japan is about 127 million people. 4. 30% of Japan’s population lives in the Tokyo area.
E. WRITING I. 1. There is a shortage of clean water in this country. 2. Children living in slums often suffer from malnutrition. 3. Overpopulation is a serious problem, isn’t it? 4. Overpopulation is causing more problems than we can imagine. 5. Overpopulation is one of the main reasons causing air pollution. 6. There is less traffic and air pollution in the countryside. 7. Mumbai is one of the most densely populated cities in the world. 8. Traffic congestion is becoming a huge problem for many major cities. II.
1. The government have to find a solution to reduce traffic jams. 2. How many people live in Ho Chi Minh City? 3. They used to love going out at the weekend, didn t they. 4. Crime rates in rural areas are lower than in cities. 5. Overpopulation is more dangerous than most people think. 6. In spite of the bad weather, I had a very good time in Brazil. 7. Everyone is affected by crime in different ways. 8. You’d like to have a look at my new car, wouldn’t you? TEST FOR UNIT 12
I.
1.c
2. B
3. d
4. c
5. A
II.
1. b
2. A
3. d
4. c
5. A
III.
1. Effects
2. Population
3. Overcrowded
4. slum
5. disease
6. Crimes
7. Wealthy
8. Poverty
1. c
3. b
IV.
2. b
4. a
5. c
6. d
7. b
8. d
9. c
10. b
V.
VI.
VII.
VII.
1. lived
2. have moved
3. is growing
4. will accommodate
5. is
6. will be visiting
7. wants
8. was founded
9. to find
10. Helping
1. Explosion
2. populous/populated
3. criminal
4. poverty
5. density
6. malnutrition
7. largest
8. shortage
9. hunger
10. overcrowded/crowded
1. grown -> grow
2. doesn’t it -> hasn’t it
3. amount -> number
4. of-> in
5. density
6. Malnutrition
7. largest
8. Shortage
9. hunger
10. overcrowded/crowded
1. grown -> grow
2. doesn’t it -> hasn’t it
3. amount -> number
4. of-> in
5. destroy -> destroyed
6. Less -> Fewer
7. homeless -> homelessness
8. usedn’t -> didn’t
VIII.
1. d
2.g
3. a
4. h
5. b
6. e
7. c
8. F
IX.
1.b
2. d
3. a
4. a
5. c
6. c
7. b
8. D
X. A. 1. d
2. e
3. a
4. c
5. b
2. c
3. c
4.d
5. B
B.
1.b
I.
1. d
2. a
3. b
4. c
TEST YOURSELF 4 5. a
II.
1.c
2. b
3. a
4.d
5. A
III.
1. eco-friendly
2. Flying
3. high-speed
4. populated
5. density
6. Slums
7. harmful
8. Renewable
4.b
6. c
IV.
1. c
V.
1. Installed
2. have visited
3. will be watching
4. will be used
5. causes
6. is riding
7. has grown
8. is held
9. escaping
10. to have
1. Overcrowded
2. non-renewable
3. inventor
4. Poverty
5. Recyclable
6. consume
7. culturally
8. Imaginative
1. fewer-> less
2. of -> to/for
3. cutting -> cut
4. travelled -> travelling
5. city-> cities
6. weren’t —> didn’t
7. our-> ours
8. with -> of
VI.
VII.
VIII.
2. d
3. b
5. a
7. d
8. d
9. c
10. A
1. How fast can the personal hover scooter travel? 2. How many people are there in the world today? 3. What do you prefer, jetpacks or flying cars? 4. What type of energy sources does Vietnam still rely on? 5. Why isn t nuclear power used extensively? 6. Where did they use to live when they were in Mumbai? 7. When will self-driving cars be on the road? 8. How long does it take to travel from Tokyo to Osaka by bullet train?
IX.
1. b
2. c
3. c
4.b
5. a
6. B
7.c
X.
A.
1. e
2.d
3. a
4. f
5.b
6. C
B.
1.T
2. F
3.T
4.T
5.T
6. F
XI.
8.d
1. If we don’t keep the environment clean, we will suffer from pollution. 2. I haven’t visited my native village since I was ten. 3. Self-driving cars drive more carefully than humans. 4. There are only a few people who still want to stay in the village. 5. Los Angeles has a population of over 3 million. 6. Flying cars will be used to travel across the globe some day 7. Developed countries have fewer population problems than developing countries 8. Veronica is a good friend of mine.